{"title":"Industrial chemistry and chemical engineering Books","description":"","products":[{"product_id":"bright-earth-9780099507130","title":"Bright Earth","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eColour in art - as in life - is both inspiring and uplifting, but where does it come from? How have artists found new hues, and how have these influenced their work? Beginning with the ancients - when just a handful of pigments made up the artist''s palette - and charting the discoveries and developments that have led to the many splendoured rainbow of modern paints, \u003ci\u003eBright Earth\u003c\/i\u003e brings the story of colour spectacularly alive. Packed with anecdotes about lucky accidents and hapless misfortunes in the quests for new colours, it provides an entertaining and fascinating new perspective on the science of art.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTrade Review\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBrilliant...in every sense. Ball's book is the volume that has been missing from my library * Guardian *\u003cbr\u003eBrings the mysterious subject of colour wonderfully alive. Quite literally an eye-opener * Economist *\u003cbr\u003eA succinct and elegantly structured new survey of Western painting. Ball pitches his learning just right between academic history and a highly readable series of anecdotes and biographical sketches * Daily Mail *\u003cbr\u003eFull of fascinating vignettes. Philip Ball writes engagingly on complicated topics * Sunday Telegraph *\u003cbr\u003eScattered with attractive particles, sparkles with redolent names... A solid, well-researched compendium of information * TLS *","brand":"Vintage Publishing","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48732253749591,"sku":"9780099507130","price":15.29,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780099507130.jpg?v=1719996148"},{"product_id":"basic-principles-and-calculations-in-chemical-engineering-9780137327171","title":"Basic Principles and Calculations in Chemical","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eDavid M. Himmelblau\u003c\/b\u003e was Paul D. and Betty Robertson Meek and American Petrofina Foundation Centennial Professor Emeritus in Chemical Engineering at the University of Texas, where he taught for forty-two years. He authored eleven books and more than two hundred articles on process analysis, fault detection, and optimization. He was president of the CACHE Corporation, and director of AIChE. \u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003eJames B. Riggs\u003c\/b\u003e was a university professor for thirty years. Twenty-five of those years were spent at Texas Tech University, where he founded and directed the Texas Tech Process Control and Optimization Consortium. He authored several popular textbooks, including \u003ci\u003eComputational Methods for Engineers with MATLAB Applications, Thirteenth Edition\u003c\/i\u003e; \u003ci\u003eProgramming with MATLAB for Engineers, Fourteenth Edition\u003c\/i\u003e; and \u003ci\u003eChemical and Bio-Process Control, Fifth Edition\u003c\/i\u003e.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003ePreface xv\u003c\/i\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003ci\u003eHow to Use This Book xvii\u003c\/i\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003ci\u003eAcknowledgments xxi\u003c\/i\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003ci\u003eAbout the Authors xxiii\u003c\/i\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003ePart I: Introduction 1\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003eChapter 1: Introduction to Chemical Engineering 3\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003e1.1 A Brief History of Chemical Engineering 3 \u003cbr\u003e1.2 Types of Jobs Chemical Engineers Perform 6 \u003cbr\u003e1.3 Industries in Which Chemical Engineers Work 8 \u003cbr\u003e1.4 Sustainability 10 \u003cbr\u003e1.5 Ethics 24 \u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003eChapter 2: Introductory Concepts 29\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003e2.1 Units of Measure 29 \u003cbr\u003e2.2 Unit Conversions 35 \u003cbr\u003e2.3 Equations and Units 41 \u003cbr\u003e2.4 Measurement Errors and Significant Figures 47 \u003cbr\u003e2.5 Validation of Results 53 \u003cbr\u003e2.6 Mass, Moles, and Density 55 \u003cbr\u003e2.7 Process Variables 75 \u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003ePart II: Material Balances 125\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003eChapter 3: Material Balances 127\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003e3.1 The Connection between a Process and Its Schematic 129 \u003cbr\u003e3.2 Introduction to Material Balances 134 \u003cbr\u003e3.3 A General Strategy for Solving Material Balance Problems 145 \u003cbr\u003e3.4 Material Balances for Single Unit Systems 164 \u003cbr\u003e3.5 Vectors and Matrices 188 \u003cbr\u003e3.6 Solving Systems of Linear Equations with MATLAB 190 \u003cbr\u003e3.7 Solving Systems of Linear Equations with Python 196 \u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003eChapter 4: Material Balances with Chemical Reaction 225\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003e4.1 Stoichiometry 226 \u003cbr\u003e4.2 Terminology for Reaction Systems 235 \u003cbr\u003e4.3 Species Mole Balances 248 \u003cbr\u003e4.4 Element Material Balances 268 \u003cbr\u003e4.5 Material Balances for Combustion Systems 276 \u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003eChapter 5: Material Balances for Multiunit Processes 313\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003e5.1 Preliminary Concepts 314 \u003cbr\u003e5.2 Sequential Multiunit Systems 317 \u003cbr\u003e5.3 Recycle Systems 340 \u003cbr\u003e5.4 Bypass and Purge 357 \u003cbr\u003e5.5 The Industrial Application of Material Balances 367 \u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003ePart III: Gases, Vapors, and Liquids 401\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003eChapter 6: Ideal and Real Gases 403\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003e6.1 Ideal Gases 405 \u003cbr\u003e6.2 Real Gases: Equations of State 422 \u003cbr\u003e6.3 Real Gases: Compressibility Charts 436 \u003cbr\u003e6.4 Real Gas Mixtures 444 \u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003eChapter 7: Multiphase Equilibrium 473\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003e7.1 Introduction 473 \u003cbr\u003e7.2 Phase Diagrams and the Phase Rule 475 \u003cbr\u003e7.3 Single-Component Two-Phase Systems (Vapor Pressure) 487 \u003cbr\u003e7.4 Two-Component Gas\/Single-Component Liquid Systems 504 \u003cbr\u003e7.5 Two-Component Gas\/Two-Component Liquid Systems 523 \u003cbr\u003e7.6 Multicomponent Vapor-Liquid Equilibrium 536 \u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003ePart IV: Energy Balances 559\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003eChapter 8: Energy Balances without Reaction 561\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003e8.1 Terminology Associated with Energy Balances 564 \u003cbr\u003e8.2 Overview of Types of Energy and Energy Balances 569 \u003cbr\u003e8.3 Energy Balances for Closed, Unsteady-State Systems 574 \u003cbr\u003e8.4 Energy Balances for Open, Steady-State Systems 597 \u003cbr\u003e8.5 Mechanical Energy Balances 627 \u003cbr\u003e8.6 Energy Balances for Special Cases 640 \u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003eChapter 9: Energy Balances with Reaction 681\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003e9.1 The Standard Heat (Enthalpy) of Formation 682 \u003cbr\u003e9.2 The Heat (Enthalpy) of Reaction 688 \u003cbr\u003e9.3 Integration of Heat of Formation and Sensible Heat 700 \u003cbr\u003e9.4 The Heat (Enthalpy) of Combustion 726 \u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003ePart V: Combined Material and Energy Balances 747\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003eChapter 10: Humidity (Psychrometric) Charts 749\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003e10.1 Terminology 751 \u003cbr\u003e10.2 The Humidity (Psychrometric) Chart 755 \u003cbr\u003e10.3 Applications of the Humidity Chart 765 \u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003eChapter 11: Unsteady-State Material and Energy Balances 781\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003e11.1 Unsteady-State Balances 783 \u003cbr\u003e11.2 Numerical Integration of ODEs 790 \u003cbr\u003e11.3 Examples 799 \u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003ci\u003eSupplemental online materials:\u003c\/i\u003e \u003cbr\u003eChapter 12: Heats of Solution and Mixing 825 \u003cbr\u003eChapter 13: Liquids and Gases in Equilibrium with Solids 845 \u003cbr\u003eChapter 14: Solving Material and Energy Balances Using Process Simulators (Flowsheeting Codes) 857 \u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003ePart VI: Supplementary Material--Appendixes 889\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003eAppendix A: Atomic Weights and Numbers 893 \u003cbr\u003eAppendix B: Tables of the Pitzer Z^0 and Z^1 Factors 894 \u003cbr\u003eAppendix C: Heats of Formation and Combustion 899 \u003cbr\u003eAppendix D: Answers to Selected Problems 903 \u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003ci\u003eSupplemental online materials:\u003c\/i\u003e \u003cbr\u003eAppendix E: Physical Properties of Various Organic and Inorganic Substances 908 \u003cbr\u003eAppendix F: Heat Capacity Equations 920 \u003cbr\u003eAppendix G: Vapor Pressures 924 \u003cbr\u003eAppendix H: Heats of Solution and Dilution 925 \u003cbr\u003eAppendix I: Enthalpy-Concentration Data 926 \u003cbr\u003eAppendix J: Thermodynamic Charts 933 \u003cbr\u003eAppendix K: Physical Properties of Petroleum Fractions 940 \u003cbr\u003eAppendix L: Solution of Sets of Equations 949 \u003cbr\u003eAppendix M: Fitting Functions to Data 971 \u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003ci\u003eIndex 975\u003c\/i\u003e","brand":"Pearson Education (US)","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48732341436759,"sku":"9780137327171","price":107.93,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780137327171.jpg?v=1719996485"},{"product_id":"organic-chemistry-9780198759775","title":"Organic Chemistry","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOrganic chemistry is the chemistry of compounds of carbon. The ability of carbon to link together to form long chain molecules and ring compounds as well as bonding with many other elements has led to a vast array of organic compounds. These compounds are central to life, forming the basis for organic molecules such as nucleic acids, proteins, carbohydrates, and lipids. In this Very Short Introduction Graham Patrick covers the whole range of organic compounds and their roles. Beginning with the structures and properties of the basic groups of organic compounds, he goes on to consider organic compounds in the areas of pharmaceuticals, polymers, food and drink, petrochemicals, and nanotechnology. He looks at how new materials, in particular the single layer form of carbon called graphene, are opening up exciting new possibilities for applications, and discusses the particular challenges of working with carbon compounds, many of which are colourless. Patrick also discusses techniques used in the field.ABOUT THE SERIES: The Very Short Introductions series from Oxford University Press contains hundreds of titles in almost every subject area. These pocket-sized books are the perfect way to get ahead in a new subject quickly. Our expert authors combine facts, analysis, perspective, new ideas, and enthusiasm to make interesting and challenging topics highly readable.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eREFERENCES; FURTHER READING; INDEX","brand":"Oxford University Press","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48732779413847,"sku":"9780198759775","price":9.49,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780198759775.jpg?v=1719998365"},{"product_id":"analysis-of-transport-phenomena-9780199740253","title":"Analysis of Transport Phenomena","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAnalysis of Transport Phenomena, Second Edition, provides a unified treatment of momentum, heat, and mass transfer, emphasizing the concepts and analytical techniques that apply to these transport processes. The second edition has been revised to reinforce the progression from simple to complex topics and to better introduce the applied mathematics that is needed both to understand classical results and to model novel systems. A common set of formulation, simplification, and solution methods is applied first to heat or mass transfer in stationary media and then to fluid mechanics, convective heat or mass transfer, and systems involving various kinds of coupled fluxes.FEATURES: * Explains classical methods and results, preparing students for engineering practice and more advanced study or research* Covers everything from heat and mass transfer in stationary media to fluid mechanics, free convection, and turbulence* Improved organization, including the establishment of a more integrative\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTrade Review\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\"Deen is the gold standard for teaching graduate-level transport phenomena to chemical engineers.\" -Yossef Elabd, Drexel University\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePreface ; List of Symbols ; CHAPTER 1. DIFFUSIVE FLUXES AND MATERIAL PROPERTIES ; 1.1  INTRODUCTION ; 1.2  BASIC CONSTITUTIVE EQUATIONS ; 1.3  DIFFUSIVITIES FOR ENERGY, SPECIES, AND MOMENTUM ; 1.4  MAGNITUDES OF TRANSPORT COEFFICIENTS ; 1.5  MOLECULAR INTERPRETATION OF TRANSPORT COEFFICIENTS ; 1.6  LIMITATIONS ON LENGTH AND TIME SCALES ; References ; Problems ; CHAPTER 2. FUNDAMENTALS OF HEAT AND MASS TRANSFER ; 2.1  INTRODUCTION ; 2.2  GENERAL FORMS OF CONSERVATION EQUATIONS ; 2.3 CONSERVATION OF MASS ; 2.4  CONSERVATION OF ENERGY: THERMAL EFFECTS ; 2.5  HEAT TRANSFER AT INTERFACES ; 2.6  CONSERVATION OF CHEMICAL SPECIES ; 2.7  MASS TRANSFER AT INTERFACES ; 2.8  MOLECULAR VIEW OF SPECIES CONSERVATION ; References ; Problems ; CHAPTER 3. FORMULATION AND APPROXIMATION  ; 3.1  INTRODUCTION ; 3.2  ONE-DIMENSIONAL EXAMPLES ; 3.3  ORDER-OF-MAGNITUDE ESTIMATION AND SCALING ; 3.4  \u0026lt;\"DIMENSIONALITY\u0026gt;\" IN MODELING ; 3.5  TIME SCALES IN MODELING ; References ; Problems ; CHAPTER 4. SOLUTION METHODS BASED ON SCALING CONCEPTS ; 4.1  INTRODUCTION ; 4.2  SIMILARITY METHOD ; 4.3  REGULAR PERTURBATION ANALYSIS ; 4.4  SINGULAR PERTURBATION ANALYSIS ; References ; Problems ; CHAPTER 5. SOLUTION METHODS FOR LINEAR PROBLEMS ; 5.1  INTRODUCTION ; 5.2  PROPERTIES OF LINEAR BOUNDARY-VALUE PROBLEMS ; 5.3  FINITE FOURIER TRANSFORM METHOD ; 5.4  BASIS FUNCTIONS ; 5.5  FOURIER SERIES ; 5.6  FFT SOLUTIONS FOR RECTANGULAR GEOMETRIES ; 5.7  FFT SOLUTIONS FOR CYLINDRICAL GEOMETRIES ; 5.8  FFT SOLUTIONS FOR SPHERICAL GEOMETRIES ; 5.9  POINT-SOURCE SOLUTIONS ; 5.10  MORE ON SELF-ADJOINT EIGENVALUE PROBLEMS AND FFT ; SOLUTIONS ; References ; Problems ; CHAPTER 6. FUNDAMENTALS OF FLUID MECHANICS ; 6.1  INTRODUCTION ; 6.2  CONSERVATION OF MOMENTUM ; 6.3  TOTAL STRESS, PRESSURE, AND VISCOUS STRESS ; 6.4  FLUID KINEMATICS ; 6.5  CONSTITUTIVE EQUATIONS FOR VISCOUS STRESS ; 6.6  FLUID MECHANICS AT INTERFACES ; 6.7  FORCE CALCULATIONS ; 6.8  STREAM FUNCTION ; 6.9  DIMENSIONLESS GROUPS AND FLOW REGIMES ; References ; Problems ; CHAPTER 7. UNIDIRECTIONAL AND NEARLY UNIDIRECTIONAL FLOW ; 7.1  INTRODUCTION ; 7.2  STEADY FLOW WITH A PRESSURE GRADIENT ; 7.3  STEADY FLOW WITH A MOVING SURFACE ; 7.4  TIME-DEPENDENT FLOW ; 7.5  LIMITATIONS OF EXACT SOLUTIONS ; 7.6  NEARLY UNIDIRECTIONAL FLOW ; References ; Problems ; CHAPTER 8. CREEPING FLOW ; 8.1  INTRODUCTION ; 8.2  GENERAL FEATURES OF LOW REYNOLDS NUMBER FLOW ; 8.3  UNIDIRECTIONAL AND NEARLY UNIDIRECTIONAL SOLUTIONS ; 8.4  STREAM-FUNCTION SOLUTIONS ; 8.5  POINT-FORCE SOLUTIONS ; 8.6  PARTICLES AND SUSPENSIONS ; 8.7  CORRECTIONS TO STOKES' LAW ; References ; Problems ; CHAPTER 9. LAMINAR FLOW AT HIGH REYNOLDS NUMBER ; 9.1  INTRODUCTION ; 9.2  GENERAL FEATURES OF HIGH REYNOLDS NUMBER FLOW ; 9.3  IRROTATIONAL FLOW ; 9.4  BOUNDARY LAYERS AT SOLID SURFACES ; 9.5  INTERNAL BOUNDARY LAYERS ; References ; Problems ; CHAPTER 10. FORCED-CONVECTION HEAT AND MASS TRANSFER IN CONFINED LAMINAR FLOWS ; 10.1  INTRODUCTION ; 10.2  PECLET NUMBER ; 10.3 NUSSELT AND SHERWOOD NUMBERS ; 10.4  ENTRANCE REGION ; 10.5  FULLY DEVELOPED REGION ; 10.6  CONSERVATION OF ENERGY: MECHANICAL EFFECTS ; 10.7  TAYLOR DISPERSION ; References ; Problems ; CHAPTER 11. FORCED-CONVECTION HEAT AND MASS TRANSFER IN UNCONFINED LAMINAR FLOWS ; 11.1  INTRODUCTION ; 11.2  HEAT AND MASS TRANSFER IN CREEPING FLOW ; 11.3  HEAT AND MASS TRANSFER IN LAMINAR BOUNDARY LAYERS ; 11.4  SCALING LAWS FOR NUSSELT AND SHERWOOD NUMBERS ; References ; Problems ; CHAPTER 12. TRANSPORT IN BUOYANCY-DRIVEN FLOW ; 12.1  INTRODUCTION ; 12.2  BUOYANCY AND THE BOUSSINESQ APPROXIMATION ; 12.3  CONFINED FLOWS ; 12.4  DIMENSIONAL ANALYSIS AND BOUNDARY-LAYER EQUATIONS ; 12.5  UNCONFINED FLOWS ; References ; Problems ; CHAPTER 13. TRANSPORT IN TURBULENT FLOW ; 13.1  INTRODUCTION ; 13.2  BASIC FEATURES OF TURBULENCE ; 13.3  TIME-SMOOTHED EQUATIONS ; 13.4  EDDY DIFFUSIVITY MODELS ; 13.5  OTHER APPROACHES FOR TURBULENT-FLOW CALCULATIONS ; References ; Problems ; CHAPTER 14. SIMULTANEOUS ENERGY AND MASS TRANSFER AND MULTICOMPONENT SYSTEMS ; 14.1  INTRODUCTION ; 14.2  CONSERVATION OF ENERGY: MULTICOMPONENT SYSTEMS ; 14.3  SIMULTANEOUS HEAT AND MASS TRANSFER ; 14.4  INTRODUCTION TO COUPLED FLUXES ; 14.5  STEFAN-MAXWELL EQUATIONS ; 14.6  GENERALIZED DIFFUSION IN DILUTE MIXTURES ; 14.7  GENERALIZED STEFAN-MAXWELL EQUATIONS ; References ; Problems ; CHAPTER 15. TRANSPORT IN ELECTROLYTE SOLUTIONS ; 15.1  INTRODUCTION ; 15.2  FORMULATION OF MACROSCOPIC PROBLEMS ; 15.3 MACROSCOPIC EXAMPLES ; 15.4 EQUILIBRIUM DOUBLE LAYERS ; 15.5  ELECTROKINETIC PHENOMENA ; References ; Problems ; APPENDIX A. VECTORS AND TENSORS ; A.1  INTRODUCTION ; A.2  REPRESENTATION OF VECTORS AND TENSORS ; A.3  VECTOR AND TENSOR PRODUCTS ; A.4  VECTOR-DIFFERENTIAL OPERATORS ; A.5  INTEGRAL TRANSFORMATIONS ; A.6  POSITION VECTORS ; A.7  ORTHOGONAL CURVILINEAR COORDINATES ; A.8  SURFACE GEOMETRY ; References ; APPENDIX B. ORDINARY DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS AND SPECIAL FUNCTIONS ; B.1 INTRODUCTION ; B.2  FIRST-ORDER EQUATIONS ; B.3  EQUATIONS WITH CONSTANT COEFFICIENTS ; B.4  BESSEL AND SPHERICAL BESSEL EQUATIONS ; B.5  OTHER  EQUATIONS WITH VARIABLE COEFFICIENTS ; References ; Index","brand":"Oxford University Press Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48732889022807,"sku":"9780199740253","price":227.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780199740253.jpg?v=1719998822"},{"product_id":"career-opportunities-in-biotechnology-and-drug-development-9780879698805","title":"Career Opportunities in Biotechnology and Drug","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e","brand":"Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press,U.S.","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48737797538135,"sku":"9780879698805","price":23.75,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780879698805.jpg?v=1723811471"},{"product_id":"risk-assessment-9781119483465","title":"Risk Assessment","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eGuides the reader through a risk assessment and shows them the proper tools to be used at the various steps in the process\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThis brand new edition of one of the most authoritative books on risk assessment adds ten new chapters to its pages to keep readers up to date with the changes in the types of risk that individuals, businesses, and governments are being exposed to today. It leads readers through a risk assessment and shows them the proper tools to be used at various steps in the process. The book also provides readers with a toolbox of techniques that can be used to aid them in analyzing conceptual designs, completed designs, procedures, and operational risk.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eRisk Assessment: Tools, Techniques, and Their Applications, Second Edition\u003c\/i\u003eincludes expanded case studies and real life examples; coverage on risk assessment software like SAPPHIRE and RAVEN; and end-of-chapter questions for students. Chapters progress from the concept of risk, through the simple \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments vii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAbout the Companion Website ix\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1 Introduction to Risk Assessment 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2 Risk Perception 11\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3 Risks and Consequences 17\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4 Ecological Risk Assessment 27\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5 Task Analysis Techniques 53\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6 Preliminary Hazard Analysis 61\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7 Primer on Probability and Statistics 79\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8 Mathematical Tools for Updating Probabilities 93\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9 Developing Probabilities 115\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10 Quantifying the Unquantifiable 133\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11 Failure Mode and Effects Analysis 145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12 Human Reliability Analyses 159\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13 Critical Incident Technique 175\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14 Basic Fault Tree Analysis Technique 185\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15 Critical Function Analysis 203\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16 Event Tree and Decision Tree Analysis 223\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17 Probabilistic Risk Assessment 251\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18 Probabilistic Risk Assessment Software 261\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19 Qualitative and Quantitative Research Methods Used in Risk Assessment 267\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20 Risk of an Epidemic 283\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21 Vulnerability Analysis Technique 293\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22 Developing Risk Model for Aviation Inspection and Maintenance Tasks 317\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e23 Risk Assessment and Community Planning 329\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e24 Threat Assessment 343\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e25 Project Risk Management 381\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e26 Enterprise Risk Management Overview 409\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e27 Process Safety Management and Hazard and Operability Assessment 419\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e28 Emerging Risks 449\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e29 Process Plant Risk Assessment Example 461\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e30 Risk Assessment Framework for Detecting, Predicting, and Mitigating Aircraft Material Inspection 487\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e31 Traffic Risks 547\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcronyms 559\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGlossary 563\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 569\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48738359935319,"sku":"9781119483465","price":100.76,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781119483465.jpg?v=1723811973"},{"product_id":"microbes-in-the-food-industry-9781119775584","title":"Microbes in the Food Industry","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMicrobes in the Food Industry This newest volume in the groundbreaking new series, Bioprocessing in Food Science, focuses on the latest processes, industrial applications, and leading research on microbes in the food industry, for engineers, scientists, students, and other industry professionals.    Microbes in the Food Industry, the latest volume in the series, Bioprocessing in Food Science, is focused on different aspects in food microbiology, food science and related subjects for individuals in the food industry, researchers, academics, and students. Microbes are key components of the food processing industry, and this book concentrates on topics that incorporate ideas and applications from various fields to address concerns relating to food safety, quality, and sensory attributes. Researchers around the globe will be able to use this information as a guide in establishing the direction of future research on food processing considering various aspects related to microbes.    The mai\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003ePreface xv\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 Food Microbiology: Fundamentals and Techniques 1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eRaina Jain, Prashant Bagade, Kalpana Patil-Doke and Ganesh Ramamurthi\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 Introduction 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 Food Microbiology: A Historical Perspective 2\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3 Beneficial Microbes in Food 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4 Harmful Microbes in Food 8\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5 Classical Food Microbiological Techniques 16\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.6 Advances in Food Microbiological Techniques 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.7 Regulations Governing Food Microbiology 30\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.8 Conclusions 33\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 Fermented Foods in Health and Disease Prevention 39\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eMonalisa Sahoo, Pramod Aradwad, Nikita Sanwal, Jatindra Kumar Sahu, Vivek Kumar and S. N. Naik\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Fermentation 40\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 Traditional Fermented Food 45\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 Application of Fermentation to Food 45\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4 Effects of Fermentation on Nutrients 54\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5 Health Benefits of Fermented Foods and Beverages 60\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6 Food Safety and Quality Control 63\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.7 Conclusions and Future Perspectives 66\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 Probiotic Dairy Foods 87\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eGökçe Eminoglu, H. Ceren Akal and H. Barbaros Ozer\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Introduction 87\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Classification and Phylogenetic Properties of Probiotic Microorganisms 90\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Probiotics in the Dairy Matrix 100\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 Probiotic Dairy Products 102\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Dairy Probiotic Products 139\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eCallebe Camelo Silva, Silvani Verruck, Marco Di Luccio, Tatiana C. Pimentel, Marcia Cristina Silva, Erick Almeida Esmerino and Adriano Gomes da Cruz\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Introduction 140\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 Fermented Milks 141\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 Conclusions and Perspectives 190\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Design Schematics, Operational Characteristics and Process Applications of Bioreactors 217\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eVishwajeet Gaikwad, Anil Panghal, Shubham Jadhav, Sunil Kundu, Namita Singh and Navnidhi Chhikara\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Introduction 218\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Fermenter Design and Operations 220\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Fermenter Configuration 223\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 Types of Fermenter 227\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5 Factors Influencing Operation of Fermenters 238\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6 Conclusion 241\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 Enzymes in Food Industry and Their Regulatory Oversight 249\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eMegha Dhingra and Jasvir Singh\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Introduction 250\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 Production of Enzymes 250\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 Applications of Enzymes in Food Industry 258\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 Safety Evaluation of Enzymes 263\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5 Global Regulatory Frameworks 269\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6 Regulatory Framework in India 270\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 Functional and Nutraceutical Potential of Fruits and Vegetables 275\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eSamandeep Kaur, Umexi Rani and Parmjit Singh Panesar\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 Introduction 276\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 Biochemistry of Fruits and Vegetables 277\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 Nutritional Composition of Fruits and Vegetable By-Products 287\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4 Extraction of Bioactives from Fruits and Vegetables 288\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5 Processing Methods Used for Development of Functional Foods from Fruits and Vegetables 297\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5.1 Fermentation 297\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6 Fruits and Vegetable-Based Nutraceuticals 304\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.7 Influence of Processing Methods on Functional Ingredients 307\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.8 Influence of Storage on Functional Ingredients 309\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.9 Future of Functional Foods 311\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 Microbes as Bio-Factories for the Valorization of Fruit and Vegetable Processing Wastes 321\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eShivali Banerjee and Amit Arora\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 Introduction 322\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 Microbial Bio-Processing of Fruit and Vegetable Wastes 322\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3 Valuable Commodities from Fruit and Vegetable Waste 325\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4 Technical Challenges, Economics and Future Prospective 339\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5 Conclusion 340\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e9 Solid-State Fermentation 355\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eManish Tiwari, Rashmin Dhingani, Nandani Goyal, Bhavesh Joshi and R.V. Prasad\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1 Introduction 356\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2 History of Solid-State Fermentation (SSF) 359\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3 Factors Affecting SSF 360\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4 Types of Solid-State Fermentation 365\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5 Application of SSF Carried Out on Inert Support Materials 368\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.6 Modern Aspects of Solid-State Fermentation 373\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.7 Challenges to SSF 384\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.8 Conclusions 385\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e10 Pigments Produced by Fungi and Bacteria from Extreme Environments 393\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eGraciéle Cunha Alves de Menezes, Tiago Daniel Madureira de Medeiros, Igor Gomes de Oliveira Lima, Maurício Bernardo da Silva, Aline Cavalcanti de Queiroz, Alysson Wagner Fernandes Duarte, Valéria Maia de Oliveira, Luiz Henrique Rosa and Juliano Lemos Bicas\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1 Introduction 394\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2 Extreme Environments 397\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3 Extremophilic Microorganisms 398\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e11 Commercially Available Databases in Food Microbiology 441\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003ePriyanka Rohilla, Anju Kumari, Sapna Birania and Monika\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1 Introduction 442\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2 Functions of a Databases 442\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3 Need for Databases 443\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4 Predictive Microbiology in Foods 444\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5 Predictive Microbiology and Its Models 446\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.6 Rapid Methods of Data Generation 448\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.7 Predictive Models 449\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.8 Guidelines for Modeling the Shelf Life of Foods 459\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.9 Databases in Foods 460\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.10 QMRA (Quantitative Microbial Risk Assessment) 462\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.11 Other Databases 463\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.12 Future Prospects 463\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 464\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 469\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48738367144279,"sku":"9781119775584","price":169.16,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781119775584.jpg?v=1723811982"},{"product_id":"65th-conference-on-glass-problems-a-collection-of-papers-presented-at-the-65th-conference-on-glass-problems-the-ohio-state-univetsity-columbus-ohio-october-19-20-2004-volume-26-issue-1-9781574982381","title":"65th Conference on Glass Problems: A Collection","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis conference proceeding includes 18 papers.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eForeword vii\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003ePreface ix\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eAcknowledgements x\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdvanced Feeder Control Using Fast Simulation Models 1\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eOscar Verheijen, Olaf Op den Camp, Ruud Beerkens, Ton Back, and Leo Huisman\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eApplication of IR-Sensors in Container Glass Forming Process 11\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eJoop Dalstra\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTransmitted and Reflected Distortion of Float and Laminated Glass 25\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eUlrich Pingel and Peter Ackroyd\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInspection: Going Beyond Just Finding Defects 37\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eChristian von Ah\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eQuality and Glass Production Improvements Through Statistical Process Control at Fevisa in Mexico 45\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eJesus A. Ponce de Leon and Juan Rafael Silva-Garcia\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eApplication of Microwaves in Glass Conditioning 63\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003ePeter Vilk\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Development of the Emhart Glass 340 Forehearth 71\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eJohn McMinn\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNew Developments in Stirrer Technology 81\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eDuncan R. Coupland and Paul Williams\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSpinel Refractories and Glass Melting 91\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eChris Windle\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGetting Fired Up with Synthetic Silicates 107\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eJohn Hockman\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTall Crown Glass Furnace Technology for Oxy-Fuel Firing 113\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eH. Kobayashi, K. T. Wu, G. B. Tuson, and F. Dumoulin\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA Designer's Insight Into All-Electric Melting 131\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eCarl W. Hibscher, Peter R. H. Davies, Michael P. Davies, and Douglas H. Davis\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLessons Learned in Developing the Glass Furnace Model 145\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eBrian Golchert\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe SORG@ VSM@ All-Electric Melter for 180TIDay Container Glass Design, Installation and First Experience 155\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eMatthias Lindig and Jan De Wind\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe US. Glass Industry-Moving in New Directions 163\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eMichael Greenman\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eJoining Organic Materials with Inorganic Glass-Future Composite? 171\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eJohn T. Brown\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChallenges to the US Glass Industry: Will the US Manufacture Glass in 2020? 181\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eWarren W. Woll\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48740517052759,"sku":"9781574982381","price":99.86,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781574982381.jpg?v=1720054912"},{"product_id":"chemical-engineering-explained-basic-concepts-for-novices-9781782628613","title":"Chemical Engineering Explained: Basic Concepts","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWritten for those less comfortable with science and mathematics, this text introduces the major chemical engineering topics for non-chemical engineers. With a focus on the practical rather than the theoretical, the reader will obtain a foundation in chemical engineering that can be applied directly to the workplace. By the end of this book, the user will be aware of the major considerations required to safely and efficiently design and operate a chemical processing facility.   Simplified accounts of traditional chemical engineering topics are covered in the first two-thirds of the book, and include: materials and energy balances, heat and mass transport, fluid mechanics, reaction engineering, separation processes, process control and process equipment design. The latter part details modern topics, such as biochemical engineering and sustainable development, plus practical topics of safety and process economics, providing the reader with a complete guide.   Case studies are included throughout, building a real-world connection. These case studies form a common thread throughout the book, motivating the reader and offering enhanced understanding. Further reading directs those wishing for a deeper appreciation of certain topics.   This book is ideal for professionals working with chemical engineers, and decision makers in chemical engineering industries. It will also be suitable for chemical engineering courses where a simplified introductory text is desired.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIntroducing Processes; Working With Units; Chemistry Basics; Material and Energy Balances; Phase Behaviour; Heat and Mass Transport; Fluid Mechanics; Reaction Engineering; Separation Processes; Processes Instrumentation and Control; Process Equipment Design; Particle Mechanics; Biochemical Engineering; Safety; Sustainable Development; Process Economics; Process Plant Design; Operations; The Methanol Plant","brand":"Royal Society of Chemistry","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48741114347863,"sku":"9781782628613","price":56.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781782628613.jpg?v=1720056618"},{"product_id":"economics-of-integrated-pest-management-of-insects-the-9781786393679","title":"Economics of Integrated Pest Management of Insects, The","description":"\u003cp\u003eMany biological studies on insect management do not consider economics or fundamental economic principles. This book brings together economists and entomologists to explain the principles, successes, and challenges of effective insect management. It highlights the importance of economic analyses for decision making and the feasibility of such approaches, and examines integrated pest management (IPM) practices from around the world with an emphasis on agriculture and public health. The book begins by establishing an economic framework upon which to apply the principles of IPM. It continues to examine the entomological applications of economics, specifically, economic analyses concerning chemical, biological, and genetic control tactics as well as host plant resistance and the cost of sampling and is illustrated with case studies of economic-based IPM programs from around the world.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"CABI Publishing","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48741452022103,"sku":"9781786393678","price":84.02,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781786393678.jpg?v=1720057625"},{"product_id":"the-chemistry-of-essential-oils-an-introduction-for-aromatherapists-beauticians-retailers-and-students-9781870228312","title":"The Chemistry of Essential Oils: An Introduction","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e","brand":"Micelle Press","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48742394921303,"sku":"9781870228312","price":60.8,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781870228312.jpg?v=1720061215"},{"product_id":"perfumes-of-yesterday-9781870228276","title":"Perfumes of Yesterday","description":"","brand":"Micelle Press","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48742395478359,"sku":"9781870228275","price":39.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781870228275.jpg?v=1720061216"},{"product_id":"the-tack-room-the-story-of-saddlery-and-harness-in-27-equine-disciplines-9781910723777","title":"The Tack Room: The story of saddlery and harness","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e","brand":"Merlin Unwin Books","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48742578585943,"sku":"9781910723777","price":24.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781910723777.jpg?v=1720061981"},{"product_id":"integrated-product-development-with-fiber-reinforced-polymers-9783030734060","title":"Integrated Product Development with","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis book presents the basics of fiber reinforced polymers (FRP). The author presents the material-specific advantages of FRP and the typical areas of their application. The problems created by conventional, non-integrating product development are listed and the author states how these problems are potentially overcome by integrated product development (IPD). In addition, it is explained why IPD is of particular importance for FRP. An approach to IPD for FRP-parts is presented. It is explained step by step how a catalogue of requirements is defined as well as how this basis is used to develop a concept, a design, and a final construction. Simple but effective methods for the selection of fiber materials, semi-finished products and manufacturing processes are highlighted in this book. A concluding chapter describes an approach to techno-economic evaluation. Throughout the book, practical application examples show the reader how to put the gained knowledge into practice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eContent I\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eList of used akronyms. V\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eList of used formula symbols (latin) IX\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eList of used formula symbols (greek) XIV\u003c\/p\u003e  Preface. 1\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e1...... Introduction.. 3\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e1.1    Abstract 3\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e1.2    Basic mechanicle principle of Fiber-reinforced Polymers (FRP) 3\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e1.3    Applications of FRP.. 7\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e1.4    Product Development vs. Integrated Product Development (IPD) 15\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e1.5    Methods of IPD.. 19\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e1.6    Relevance of IPD for FRP.. 22\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e1.7    Questions. 25\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e1.8    References. 26\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e2...... Realization of an Integrated Product Development 30\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e2.1    Abstract 30\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e2.2    The development team.. 30\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e2.3    Procedure and division of tasks for the IPD with FRP.. 35\u003c\/p\u003e  3...... Phase 1: Definition of the Catalogue of Requirements. 44\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e3.1    Abstract 44\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e3.2    Overview.. 44\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e3.3    Types and sources for requirements. 45\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e3.4    Risks when defining requiremtens. 47\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e3.5    Tools the identification and specification of requriements. 49\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e3.5.1       Guideline with main list of characteristics. 50\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e3.5.2       Szenario technique. 52\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e3.5.3       Identification of functions and functional structures. 53\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e3.6    Guidelines and requriement catalogues for FRP-components. 55\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e3.6.1       Guidline „Design“ 55\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e3.6.2       Guideline „Manufacturing“ 57\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e3.6.3       Guideline “Materials” 59\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e3.6.4       Full catalogue of requirements. 60\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e3.7    Questions. 64\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e3.8    References. 64\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e4...... Phase 2: Concept \u0026amp; Draft 66\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e4.1    Abstract 66\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e4.2    Overview.. 66\u003c\/p\u003e  4.3    Basics of product development with FRP.. 67\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e4.3.1       Relevance of Fiber volume content 67\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e4.3.2       Relevance of fiber length and orientation.. 69\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e4.3.3       Laminate built-up. 73\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e4.3.4       Laminate coding. 80\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e4.3.5       FRP-design principles. 82\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e4.3.6       Advantages and disadvantages of FRP.. 86\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e4.4    Definition of critical load cases and derivation of requriement for geometry and material 87\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e4.5    Selection of fiber material and structure of fiber reinforcement 92\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e4.5.1       Fiber materials. 92\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e4.5.2       Structure of fiber reinforcement 97\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e4.5.3       Material properties for initial design.. 99\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e4.5.4       Selcetion procedure. 107\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e4.6    Initial design.. 115\u003c\/p\u003e  4.7    Development of a manufacturing concept 116\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e4.7.1       Basics of FRP manufacturing. 117\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e4.7.2       Manufacturing processes. 119\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e4.7.3       Process selection.. 152\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e4.8    Decision concerning polymer class: thermoplastic or thermoset?. 157\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e4.9    Definition of the full draft 162\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e4.10 Decision about drafts to be further considered. 163\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e4.11 Questions. 165\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e4.12 References. 167\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e5...... Phase 3: Technical Elaboration.. 174\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e5.1    Abstract 174\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e5.2    Overview.. 174\u003c\/p\u003e  5.3    Materials. 174\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e5.3.1       Selection of semi-finished products. 175\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e5.3.2       Selection of matrix polymer 205\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e5.3.3       Characterization of material properties. 212\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e5.4    Detailed Design.. 217\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e5.4.1       Design to manufacture. 218\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e5.4.2       Design to join.. 229\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e5.4.3       Design to repair 234\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e5.4.4       Sustainable design.. 237\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e5.5    Elaboration of manufacturing concept 247\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e5.5.1       Selection of facilities. 247\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e5.5.2       Process design.. 251\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e5.5.3       QA and damage detection.. 264\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e5.6    Question.. 275\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e5.7    Reference. 276\u003c\/p\u003e  6...... Phase 4: Evaluation and decision.. 284\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e6.1    Abstract 284\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e6.2    Overview.. 284\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e6.3    Economic Evaluation.. 285\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e6.4    Prototyping and compontent testing. 295\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e6.5    Optional: Design optimization.. 296\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e6.6    Final comparison to catalogue of requirements. 297\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e6.7    Holistic techno-economic und strategic evaluation.. 298\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e6.8    Questions. 306\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e6.9    References. 306\u003c\/p\u003e  7...... Conclusions. 308\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  8...... Answers to questions. 309\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  8.1          References  314","brand":"Springer Nature Switzerland AG","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743047725399,"sku":"9783030734060","price":64.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}]},{"product_id":"hydrogen-production-by-electrolysis-9783527333424","title":"Hydrogen Production: by Electrolysis","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCovering the various aspects of this fast-evolving field, this comprehensive book includes the fundamentals and a comparison of current applications, while focusing on the latest, novel achievements and future directions.\u003cbr\u003e The introductory chapters explore the thermodynamic and electrochemical processes to better understand how electrolysis cells work, and how these can be combined to build large electrolysis modules. The book then goes on to discuss the electrolysis process and the characteristics, advantages, drawbacks, and challenges of the main existing electrolysis technologies. Current manufacturers and the main features of commercially available electrolyzers are extensively reviewed. The final chapters then present the possible configurations for integrating water electrolysis units with renewable energy sources in both autonomous and grid-connected systems, and comment on some relevant demonstration projects. \u003cbr\u003e Written by an internationally renowned team from academia and industry, the result is an invaluable review of the field and a discussion of known limitations and future perspectives.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eForeword XIII\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePreface XV\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eList of Contributors XIX\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 Introduction 1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eAgata Godula-Jopek\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 Overview on Different Hydrogen Production Means from a Technical Point of View 10\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 Summary Including Hydrogen Production Cost Overview 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 28\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 Fundamentals ofWater Electrolysis 33\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003ePierre Millet\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Thermodynamics of theWater Splitting Reaction 33\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 Efficiency of ElectrochemicalWater Splitting 46\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 Kinetics of theWater Splitting Reaction 52\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4 Conclusions 59\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNomenclature 59\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGreek symbols 60\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSubscripts or superscripts 60\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcronyms 60\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 61\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 PEMWater Electrolysis 63\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003ePierre Millet\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Introduction, Historical Background 63\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Concept of Solid Polymer Electrolyte Cell 65\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Description of Unit PEM Cells 67\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 Electrochemical Performances of Unit PEM Cells 76\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5 Cell Stacking 94\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6 Balance of Plant 100\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7 Main Suppliers, Commercial Developments and Applications 102\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.8 Limitations, Challenges and Perspectives 105\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.9 Conclusions 111\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNomenclature 113\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGreek symbols 113\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSubscripts or superscripts 114\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcronyms 114\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 114\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 AlkalineWater Electrolysis 117\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eNicolas Guillet and Pierre Millet\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Introduction and Historical Background 117\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 Description of Unit Electrolysis Cells 121\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 Electrochemical Performances of AlkalineWater Electrolysers 137\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 Main Suppliers, Commercial Developments and Applications 147\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5 Conclusions 161\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNomenclature 162\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGreek Symbols 162\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSubscripts or Superscripts 162\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcronyms 163\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 163\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Unitized Regenerative Systems 167\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003ePierre Millet\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Introduction 167\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Underlying Concepts 168\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Low-Temperature PEM URFCs 174\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 High-Temperature URFCs 182\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5 General Conclusion and Perspectives 187\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNomenclature 187\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGreek Symbols 188\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSubscripts or Superscripts 188\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcronyms 188\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 189\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 High-Temperature Steam Electrolysis 191\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eJérôme Laurencin and Julie Mougin\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Introduction 191\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 Overview of the Technology 191\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 Fundamentals of Solid-State Electrochemistry in SOEC 197\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 Performances and Durability 244\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5 Limitations and Challenges 253\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6 Specific OperationModes 259\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eList of Terms 262\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRoman symbols 262\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGreek Symbols 263\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAbbreviations 264\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 264\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 Hydrogen Storage Options Including Constraints and Challenges 273\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eAgata Godula-Jopek\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 Introduction 273\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 Liquid Hydrogen 276\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 Compressed Hydrogen 281\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4 Cryo-Compressed Hydrogen 284\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5 Solid-State Hydrogen Storage Including Materials and System-Related Problems 286\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6 Summary 304\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 306\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 Hydrogen: A Storage Means for Renewable Energies 311\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eCyril Bourasseau and Benjamin Guinot\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 Introduction 311\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 Hydrogen: A Storage Means for Renewable Energies (RE) 312\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3 Electrolysis Powered by Intermittent Energy: Technical Challenges, Impact on Performances and Reliability 327\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4 Integration Schemes and Examples 351\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5 Techno-Economic Assessment 362\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6 The Role of Simulation for Economic Assessment 365\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7 Conclusion 378\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 379\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e9 Outlook and Summary 383\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eAgata Godula-Jopek and Pierre Millet\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1 Comparison ofWater Electrolysis Technologies 387\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2 Technology Development Status and Main Manufacturers 387\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3 Material and System Roadmap Specifications 390\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 393\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 395\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743117685079,"sku":"9783527333424","price":109.61,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9783527333424.jpg?v=1720064189"},{"product_id":"fragment-based-drug-discovery-lessons-and-outlook-9783527337750","title":"Fragment-based Drug Discovery: Lessons and","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eFrom its origins as a niche technique more than 15 years ago, fragment-based approaches have become a major tool for drug and ligand discovery, often yielding results where other methods have failed. Written by the pioneers in the field, this book provides a comprehensive overview of current methods and applications of fragment-based discovery, as well as an outlook on where the field is headed.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe first part discusses basic considerations of when to use fragment-based methods, how to select targets, and how to build libraries in the chemical fragment space. The second part describes established, novel and emerging methods for fragment screening, including empirical as well as computational approaches. Special cases of fragment-based screening, e. g. for complex target systems and for covalent inhibitors are also discussed. The third part presents several case studies from recent and on-going drug discovery projects for a variety of target classes, from kinases and phosphatases to targeting protein-protein interaction and epigenetic targets.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eContributors XV\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePreface XXI\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA Personal Foreword XXIII\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart I The Concept of Fragment-based Drug Discovery 1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 The Role of Fragment-based Discovery in Lead Finding 3\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eRoderick E. Hubbard\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 Introduction 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 What is FBLD? 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3 FBLD: Current Practice 5\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.1 Using Fragments: Conventional Targets 5\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.2 Using Fragments: Unconventional Targets 13\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4 What do Fragments Bring to Lead Discovery? 14\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5 How did We Get Here? 16\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.1 Evolution of the Early Ideas and History 16\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.2 What has Changed Since the First Book was Published in 2006? 16\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.6 Evolution of the Methods and Their Application Since 2005 19\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.6.1 Developments in Fragment Libraries 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.6.2 Fragment Hit Rate and Druggability 22\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.6.3 Developments in Fragment Screening 23\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.6.4 Ways of Evolving Fragments 23\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.6.5 Integrating Fragments Alongside Other Lead-Finding Strategies 23\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.6.6 Fragments Can be Selective 24\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.6.7 Fragment Binding Modes 25\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.6.8 Fragments, Chemical Space, and Novelty 27\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.7 Current Application and Impact 27\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.8 Future Opportunities 28\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 29\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 Selecting the Right Targets for Fragment-Based Drug Discovery 37\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eThomas G. Davies, Harren Jhoti, Puja Pathuri, and Glyn Williams\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Introduction 37\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 Properties of Targets and Binding Sites 39\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 Assessing Druggability 41\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4 Properties of Ligands and Drugs 42\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5 Case Studies 43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.1 Case Study 1: Inhibitors of Apoptosis Proteins (IAPs) 44\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.2 Case Study 2: HCV-NS3 46\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.3 Case Study 3: PKM2 47\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.4 Case Study 4: Soluble Adenylate Cyclase 49\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6 Conclusions 50\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 51\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 Enumeration of Chemical Fragment Space 57\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eJean-Louis Reymond, Ricardo Visini, and Mahendra Awale\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Introduction 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 The Enumeration of Chemical Space 58\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.1 Counting and Sampling Approaches 58\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.2 Enumeration of the Chemical Universe Database GDB 58\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.3 GDB Contents 59\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Using and Understanding GDB 61\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.1 Drug Discovery 61\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.2 The MQN System 62\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.3 Other Fingerprints 63\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 Fragments from GDB 65\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.1 Fragment Replacement 65\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.2 Shape Diversity of GDB Fragments 66\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.3 Aromatic Fragments from GDB 68\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5 Conclusions and Outlook 68\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgment 69\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 69\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Ligand Efficiency Metrics and their Use in Fragment Optimizations 75\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eGyörgy G. Ferenczy and György M. Keserû\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Introduction 75\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 Ligand Efficiency 75\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 Binding Thermodynamics and Efficiency Indices 78\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 Enthalpic Efficiency Indices 81\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5 Lipophilic Efficiency Indices 83\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6 Application of Efficiency Indices in Fragment-Based Drug Discovery Programs 88\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.7 Conclusions 94\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 95\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart II Methods and Approaches for Fragment-based Drug Discovery 99\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Strategies for Fragment Library Design 101\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eJustin Bower, Angelo Pugliese, and Martin Drysdale\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Introduction 101\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Aims 102\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Progress 102\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.1 BDDP Fragment Library Design: Maximizing Diversity 103\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.2 Assessing Three-Dimensionality 103\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.3 3DFrag Consortium 104\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.4 Commercial Fragment Space Analysis 105\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.5 BDDP Fragment Library Design 108\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.6 Fragment Complexity 111\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.6.1 Diversity-Oriented Synthesis-Derived Fragment-Like Molecules 113\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 Future Plans 114\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5 Summary 116\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6 Key Achievements 116\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 116\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 The Synthesis of Biophysical Methods In Support of Robust Fragment-Based Lead Discovery 119\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eBen J. Davis and Anthony M. Giannetti\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Introduction 119\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 Fragment-Based Lead Discovery on a Difficult Kinase 121\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 Application of Orthogonal Biophysical Methods to Identify and Overcome an Unusual Ligand: Protein Interaction 127\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 Direct Comparison of Orthogonal Screening Methods Against a Well-Characterized Protein System 131\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5 Conclusions 135\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 136\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 Differential Scanning Fluorimetry as Part of a Biophysical Screening Cascade 139\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eDuncan E. Scott, Christina Spry, and Chris Abell\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 Introduction 139\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 Theory 140\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.1 Equilbria are Temperature Dependent 140\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.2 Thermodynamics of Protein Unfolding 142\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.3 Exact Mathematical Solutions to Ligand-Induced Thermal Shifts 143\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.4 Ligand Binding and Protein Unfolding Thermodynamics Contribute to the Magnitude of Thermal Shifts 145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.5 Ligand Concentration and the Magnitude of Thermal Shifts 147\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.6 Models of Protein Unfolding Equilibria and Ligand Binding 148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.7 Negative Thermal Shifts and General Confusions 150\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.8 Lessons Learnt from Theoretical Analysis of DSF 151\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 Practical Considerations for Applying DSF in Fragment-Based Approaches 152\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4 Application of DSF to Fragment-Based Drug Discovery 154\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.1 DSF as a Primary Enrichment Technique 154\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.2 DSF Compared with Other Hit Identification Techniques 159\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.3 Pursuing Destabilizing Fragment Hits 166\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.4 Lessons Learnt from Literature Examples of DSF in Fragment-Based Drug Discovery 168\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5 Concluding Remarks 169\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments 169\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 170\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 Emerging Technologies for Fragment Screening 173\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eSten Ohlson and Minh-Dao Duong-Thi\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 Introduction 173\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 Emerging Technologies 175\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.1 Weak Affinity Chromatography 175\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.1.1 Introduction 175\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.1.2 Theory 177\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.1.3 Fragment Screening 179\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.2 Mass Spectrometry 185\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.2.1 Introduction 185\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.2.2 Theory 186\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.2.3 Applications 186\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.3 Microscale Thermophoresis 187\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.3.1 Introduction 187\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.3.2 Theory 189\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.3.3 Applications 189\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3 Conclusions 189\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments 191\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 191\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e9 Computational Methods to Support Fragment-based Drug Discovery 197\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eLaurie E. Grove, Sandor Vajda, and Dima Kozakov\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1 Computational Aspects of FBDD 197\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2 Detection of Ligand Binding Sites and Binding Hot Spots 198\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.1 Geometry-based Methods 199\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.2 Energy-based Methods 201\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.3 Evolutionary and Structure-based Methods 202\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.4 Combination Methods 202\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3 Assessment of Druggability 203\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4 Generation of Fragment Libraries 205\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.1 Known Drugs 206\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.2 Natural Compounds 207\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.3 Novel Scaffolds 208\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5 Docking Fragments and Scoring 209\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5.1 Challenges of Fragment Docking 209\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5.2 Examples of Fragment Docking 210\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.6 Expansion of Fragments 212\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.7 Outlook 214\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 214\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e10 Making FBDD Work in Academia 223\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eStacie L. Bulfer, Frantz Jean-Francois, and Michelle R. Arkin\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1 Introduction 223\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2 How Academic and Industry Drug Discovery Efforts Differ 225\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3 The Making of a Good Academic FBDD Project 226\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4 FBDD Techniques Currently Used in Academia 228\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.1 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance 229\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.2 X-Ray Crystallography 230\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.3 Surface Plasmon Resonance\/Biolayer Interferometry 231\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.4 Differential Scanning Fluorimetry 232\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.5 Isothermal Titration Calorimetry 232\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.6 Virtual Screening 232\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.7 Mass Spectrometry 233\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.7.1 Native MS 233\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.7.2 Site-Directed Disulfide Trapping (Tethering) 234\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.8 High-Concentration Bioassays 234\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5 Project Structures for Doing FBDD in Academia 235\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.1 Targeting p97: A Chemical Biology Consortium Project 235\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.2 Targeting Caspase-6: An Academic–Industry Partnership 236\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.6 Conclusions and Perspectives 239\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 240\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e11 Site-Directed Fragment Discovery for Allostery 247\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eT. Justin Rettenmaier, Sean A. Hudson, and James A. Wells\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1 Introduction 247\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2 Caspases 249\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.1 Tethered Allosteric Inhibitors of Executioner Caspases-3 and -7 249\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.2 Tethering Inflammatory Caspase-1 250\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.3 Tethered Allosteric Inhibitors of Caspase-5 251\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.4 General Allosteric Regulation at the Caspase Dimer Interface 252\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.5 Using Disulfide Fragments as “Chemi-Locks” to Generate Conformation-Specific Antibodies 253\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3 Tethering K-Ras(G12C) 254\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4 The Master Transcriptional Coactivator CREB Binding Protein 256\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4.1 Tethering to Find Stabilizers of the KIX Domain of CBP 256\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4.2 Dissecting the Allosteric Coupling between Binding Sites on KIX 257\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4.3 Rapid Identification of pKID-Competitive Fragments for KIX 258\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5 Tethering Against the PIF Pocket of Phosphoinositide-Dependent Kinase 1 (PDK1) 259\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.6 Tethering Against GPCRs: Complement 5A Receptor 261\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.7 Conclusions and Future Directions 263\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 264\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e12 Fragment Screening in Complex Systems 267\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eMiles Congreve and John A. Christopher\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.1 Introduction 267\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2 Fragment Screening and Detection of Fragment Hits 268\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.1 Fragment Screening Using NMR Techniques 270\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.2 Fragment Screening Using Surface Plasmon Resonance 271\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.3 Fragment Screening Using Capillary Electrophoresis 272\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.4 Fragment Screening Using Radioligand and Fluorescence-Based Binding Assays 273\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.5 Ion Channel Fragment Screening 275\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3 Validating Fragment Hits 276\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4 Fragment to Hit 279\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4.1 Fragment Evolution 280\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4.2 Fragment Linking 281\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.5 Fragment to Lead Approaches 281\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.5.1 Fragment Evolution 282\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.5.2 Fragment Linking 284\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.6 Perspective and Conclusions 285\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments 287\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 287\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e13 Protein-Templated Fragment Ligation Methods: Emerging Technologies in Fragment-Based Drug Discovery 293\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eMike Jaegle, Eric Nawrotzky, Ee Lin Wong, Christoph Arkona, and Jörg Rademann\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.1 Introduction: Challenges and Visions in Fragment-Based Drug Discovery 293\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2 Target-Guided Fragment Ligation: Concepts and Definitions 294\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3 Reversible Fragment Ligation 295\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3.1 Dynamic Reversible Fragment Ligation Strategies 295\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3.2 Chemical Reactions Used in Dynamic Fragment Ligations 296\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3.3 Detection Strategies in Dynamic Fragment Ligations 299\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3.4 Applications of Dynamic Fragment Ligations in FBDD 301\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4 Irreversible Fragment Ligation 311\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4.1 Irreversible Fragment Ligation Strategies: Pros and Cons 311\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4.2 Detection in Irreversible Fragment Ligation 311\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4.3 Applications of Irreversible Fragment Ligations in FBDD 313\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.5 Fragment Ligations Involving Covalent Reactions with Proteins 316\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.6 Conclusions and Future Outlook: How Far did We Get and What will be Possible? 319\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 320\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart III Successes from Fragment-based Drug Discovery 327\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e14 BACE Inhibitors 329\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eDaniel F. Wyss, Jared N. Cumming, Corey O. Strickland, and Andrew W. Stamford\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.1 Introduction 329\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.2 FBDD Efforts on BACE1 333\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.2.1 Fragment Hit Identification, Validation, and Expansion 333\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.2.2 Fragment Optimization 333\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.2.3 From a Key Pharmacophore to Clinical Candidates 340\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.3 Conclusions 346\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 346\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e15 Epigenetics and Fragment-Based Drug Discovery 355\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eAman Iqbal and Peter J. Brown\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.1 Introduction 355\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.2 Epigenetic Families and Drug Targets 357\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.3 Epigenetics Drug Discovery Approaches and Challenges 358\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4 FBDD Case Studies 359\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4.1 BRD4 (Bromodomain) 360\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4.2 EP300 (Bromodomain) 363\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4.3 ATAD2 (Bromodomain) 364\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4.4 BAZ2B (Bromodomain) 364\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4.5 SIRT2 (Histone Deacetylase) 365\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4.6 Next-Generation Epigenetic Targets: The “Royal Family” and Histone Demethylases 366\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.5 Conclusions 367\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAbbreviations 368\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 368\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e16 Discovery of Inhibitors of Protein–Protein Interactions Using Fragment-Based Methods 371\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eFeng Wang and Stephen W. Fesik\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.1 Introduction 371\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.2 Fragment-Based Strategies for Targeting PPIs 372\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.2.1 Fragment Library Construction 372\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.2.2 NMR-Based Fragment Screening Methods 373\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.2.3 Structure Determination of Complexes 374\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.2.4 Structure-Guided Hit-to-Lead Optimization 375\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.3 Recent Examples from Our Laboratory 376\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.3.1 Discovery of RPA Inhibitors 377\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.3.2 Discovery of Potent Mcl-1 Inhibitors 378\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.3.3 Discovery of Small Molecules that Bind to K-Ras 379\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.4 Summary and Conclusions 382\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments 383\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 384\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e17 Fragment-Based Discovery of Inhibitors of Lactate Dehydrogenase A 391\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eAlexander L. Breeze, Richard A. Ward, and Jon Winter\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.1 Aerobic Glycolysis, Lactate Metabolism, and Cancer 391\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.2 Lactate Dehydrogenase as a Cancer Target 392\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.3 “Ligandability” Characteristics of the Cofactor and Substrate Binding Sites in LDHA 394\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.4 Previously Reported LDH Inhibitors 395\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.5 Fragment-Based Approach to LDHA Inhibition at AstraZeneca 398\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.5.1 High-Throughput Screening Against LDHA 398\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.5.2 Rationale and Strategy for Exploration of Fragment-Based Approaches 399\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.5.3 Development of Our Biophysical and Structural Biology Platform 400\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.5.4 Elaboration of Adenine Pocket Fragments 404\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.5.5 Screening for Fragments Binding in the Substrate and Nicotinamide Pockets 405\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.5.6 Reaching out Across the Void 407\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.5.7 Fragment Linking and Optimization 408\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.6 Fragment-Based LDHA Inhibitors from Other Groups 410\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.6.1 Nottingham 410\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.6.2 Ariad 413\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.7 Conclusions and Future Perspectives 417\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 419\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e18 FBDD Applications to Kinase Drug Hunting 425\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eGordon Saxty\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.1 Introduction 425\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.2 Virtual Screening and X-ray for PI3K 426\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.3 High-Concentration Screening and X-ray for Rock1\/2 427\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.4 Surface Plasmon Resonance for MAP4K4 428\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.5 Weak Affinity Chromatography for GAK 429\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.6 X-ray for CDK 4\/6 430\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.7 High-Concentration Screening, Thermal Shift, and X-ray for CHK2 432\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.8 Virtual Screening and Computational Modeling for AMPK 433\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.9 High-Concentration Screening, NMR, and X-ray FBDD for PDK1 434\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.10 Tethering Mass Spectometry and X-ray for PDK1 435\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.11 NMR and X-ray Case Study for Abl (Allosteric) 436\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.12 Review of Current Kinase IND’s and Conclusions 437\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 442\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e19 An Integrated Approach for Fragment-Based Lead Discovery: Virtual, NMR, and High-Throughput Screening Combined with Structure-Guided Design. Application to the Aspartyl Protease Renin 447\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eSimon Rüdisser, Eric Vangrevelinghe, and Jürgen Maibaum\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.1 Introduction 447\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.2 Renin as a Drug Target 449\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.3 The Catalytic Mechanism of Renin 451\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.4 Virtual Screening 452\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.5 Fragment-Based Lead Finding Applied to Renin and Other Aspartyl Proteases 455\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.6 Renin Fragment Library Design 464\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.7 Fragment Screening by NMR T1ρ Ligand Observation 469\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.8 X-Ray Crystallography 473\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.9 Renin Fragment Hit-to-Lead Evolution 475\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.10 Integration of Fragment Hits and HTS Hits 476\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.11 Conclusions 479\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 480\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 487\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743118700887,"sku":"9783527337750","price":999.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}]},{"product_id":"sustainable-catalysis-energy-efficient-reactions-and-applications-9783527338672","title":"Sustainable Catalysis: Energy-Efficient Reactions","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHighlighting sustainable catalytic processes in synthetic organic chemistry and industry, this useful guide places special emphasis on catalytic reactions carried out at room temperature.\u003cbr\u003e It describes the fundamentals, summarizes key advances, and covers applications in industrial processes in the field of energy generation from renewables, food science, and pollution control. Throughout, the latest research from various disciplines is combined, such as homogeneous and heterogeneous catalysis, biocatalysis, and photocatalysis. The book concludes with a chapter on future trends and energy challenges for the latter half of the 21st century. \u003cbr\u003e With its multidisciplinary approach this is an essential reference for academic and industrial researchers in catalysis science aiming to design more sustainable and energy-efficient processes.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 Introduction to Room-Temperature Catalysis 1\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eEduardo J. Garcia-Suarez and Anders Riisager\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 Introduction 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 Room-Temperature Homogeneous Catalysts 2\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.1 Ionic-Liquid-Based Catalytic Systems at Room Temperature 2\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.2 Transition Metal Homogeneous Catalysts 6\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.2.1 Group 9-Based Homogeneous Catalysts (Co, Rh, Ir) 6\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.2.2 Group 10-Based Homogeneous Catalysts (Ni, Pd, Pt) 7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.2.3 Group 11-Based Homogeneous Catalysts (Ag, Au) 10\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3 Room-Temperature Heterogeneous Catalysts 10\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.1 Group 9-Based Heterogeneous Catalysts (Co, Rh, Ir) 11\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.2 Group 10-Based Heterogeneous Catalysts (Ni, Pd, Pt) 13\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.3 Group 11-Based Heterogeneous Catalysts (Cu, Pt, Au) 23\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4 Conclusions and Perspectives 29\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 31\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 Functionalized Ionic Liquid-based Catalytic Systems with Diversified Performance Enhancements 35\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eShiguo Zhang and Yanlong Gu\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Introduction 35\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 Functionalized ILs for Enhancing Catalytic Activity 36\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 Functionalized ILs for Improving Reaction Selectivity 38\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4 Functionalized ILs for Facilitating Catalyst Recycling and Product Isolation 40\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5 Functionalized ILs for Making Relay Catalysis 43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6 Cation and Anion Synergistic Catalysis in Ionic Liquids 45\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.7 Functionalized ILs for Aqueous Catalysis 46\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.8 Catalysis by Porous Poly-ILs 47\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.9 Functionalized IL-Based Carbon Material for Catalysis 49\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.10 Summary and Conclusions 54\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 54\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 Heterogeneous Room Temperature Catalysis – Nanomaterials 59\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eLiyu Chen and Yingwei Li\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Introduction 59\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Solid-Acid-Based Nanomaterials 60\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Grafted-Metal-Ions-Based Nanomaterial 65\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 Metal NPs-Based Nanomaterial 67\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.1 Metal NPs Stabilized by Ligands 67\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.2 Metal NPs@Polymers 68\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.3 Metal NPs@Metal Oxides 70\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.4 Metal NPs@Carbonaceous Support 72\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.5 Metal NPs@Siliceous Base Support 74\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.6 Metal NPs@MOF Nanocomposites 77\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5 Metal Oxide NPs-Based Nanomaterial 82\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6 Summary and Conclusions 83\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 84\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Biocatalysis at Room Temperature 89\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eIvaldo Itabaiana Jr and Rodrigo O. M. A. De Souza\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Introduction 89\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 Transaminases 90\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1 General Features 90\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.2 Transaminase Applications at Room Temperature 90\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 Hydrolases 98\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.1 General Features 98\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.2 Application of Hydrolases at Room Temperature 100\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.2.1 Lipases 100\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.2.2 Aldol Additions 101\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.2.3 Michael Addition 102\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.2.4 Mannich Reaction 102\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.2.5 C-Heteroatom and Heteroatom–Heteroatom Bond Formations 103\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.2.6 Epoxidation 103\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.2.7 Synthesis of Heterocycles 104\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.2.8 Kinetic Resolutions 105\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.3 Cutinases 107\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 Laccases 108\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.1 General Features 108\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.2 Applications of Laccases 110\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5 Enzymes in Ionic Liquids 115\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.1 General Features 115\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 125\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Room Temperature Catalysis Enabled by Light 135\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eTimothy Noël\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Introduction 135\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 UV Photochemistry 136\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Visible Light Photoredox Catalysis 139\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 Room Temperature Cross-Coupling Enabled by Light 141\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5 Photochemistry and Microreactor Technology –A Perfect Match? 144\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6 The Use of Photochemistry in Material Science 146\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7 Solar Fuels 149\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.8 Conclusion 151\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 151\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 Mechanochemically Enhanced Organic Transformations 155\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eDavin Tan and Tomislav Frišcic\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Introduction 155\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 Mechanochemical Techniques and Mechanisms: Neat versus Liquid-Assisted Grinding (LAG) 156\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 Oxidation and Reduction Using Mechanochemistry 160\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.1 Direct Oxidation of Organic Substrates Using Oxone 160\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.2 Mechanochemical Halogenations Aided by Oxone 162\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.3 Reduction Reactions by Mechanochemistry 163\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 Electrocyclic Reactions: Equilibrium and Templating in Mechanochemistry 165\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.1 The Diels–Alder Reaction: Mechanochemical Equilibrium in Reversible C—C Bond Formation 165\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.2 Photochemical [2+2] Cycloaddition during Grinding: Supramolecular Catalysis and Structure Templating 167\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5 Recent Advances in Metal-CatalyzedMechanochemical Reactions 168\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5.1 Copper-Catalyzed [2+3] Cycloaddition (Huisgen Coupling) 168\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5.2 Olefin Metathesis by Ball Milling 169\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5.3 Mechanochemical C—H Bond Activation 170\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5.4 Cyclopropanation of Alkenes Using Silver Foil as a Catalyst Source 171\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6 New Frontiers in Organic Synthesis Enabled by Mechanochemistry 171\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6.1 Synthesis of Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients (APIs) 172\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6.2 Reactivity Enabled or Facilitated by Mechanochemistry 173\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6.3 Trapping Unstable Reaction Intermediates 175\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.7 Conclusion and Outlook 176\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments 176\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 176\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 Palladium-Catalyzed Cross-Coupling in Continuous Flow at Room andMild Temperature 183\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003eChristophe Len\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 Introduction 183\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 Suzuki Cross-Coupling in Continuous Flow 184\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 Heck Cross-Coupling in Continuous Flow 192\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4 Murahashi Cross-Coupling in Continuous Flow 199\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5 Concluding Remarks 202\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 202\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 Catalysis for Environmental Applications 207\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eChangseok Han, Endalkachew Sahle-Demessie, Afzal Shah, Saima Nawaz, Latif-ur-Rahman, Niall B.McGuinness, Suresh C. Pillai, Hyeok Choi, Dionysios, D. Dionysiou, andMallikarjuna N. Nadagouda\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 Introduction 207\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 Ferrate (FeO42−) forWater Treatment 208\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3 Magnetically Separable Ferrite forWater Treatment 209\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.1 Magnetic Nanoparticles 209\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.2 Magnetic Recovery of Materials Used forWater Treatment 211\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.3 Ferrite Photocatalyst forWater Treatment 212\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4 UV, Solar, and Visible Light-Activated TiO2 Photocatalysts for Environmental Application 212\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5 Catalysis for Remediation of Contaminated Groundwater and Soils 215\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.1 Catalytic Oxidative Pathways 215\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.2 Catalytic Reductive Pathways 217\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.3 Prospects and Limitations 218\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6 Novel Catalysis for Environmental Applications 218\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6.1 Graphene and Graphene Composites 219\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6.2 Perovskites and Perovskites Composites 221\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6.3 Graphitic Carbon Nitride (g-C3N4) and g-C3N4 Composites 222\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7 Summary and Conclusions 223\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments 224\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDisclaimer 224\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 224\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e9 Future Development in Room-Temperature Catalysis and Challenges in the Twenty-first Century 231\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eFannie P. Y. Lau, R. Luque, and Frank L. Y. Lam\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eCase Study 1: Magnetic Pd Catalysts for Benzyl Alcohol Oxidation to Benzaldehyde 237\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eYingying Li, Frank L.-Y. Lam, and Xijun Hu\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 Introduction 237\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 Pd\/MagSBA Magnetic Catalyst for Selective Benzyl Alcohol Oxidation to Benzaldehyde 239\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.1 Results and Discussion 239\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.1.1 Characterization 239\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.1.2 Effect of Reaction Temperature 240\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.1.3 Effect of Pd Loading 241\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.1.4 Recycling Test 246\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3 Summary and Conclusions 246\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 247\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eCase Study 2: Development of Hydrothermally Stable Functional Materials for Sustainable Conversion of Biomass to Furan Compounds 251\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eAmrita Chatterjee, Xijun Hu, and Frank L.-Y. Lam\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Introduction 251\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 Metal–Organic-Framework as a Potential Catalyst for Biomass Valorization 254\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 Xylose Dehydration to Furfural Using Metal–Organic-Framework, MIL-101(Cr) 255\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.1 Xylose Dehydration Catalyzed by Organosilane Coated MIL-101(Cr) 255\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.2 Xylose to Furfural Transformation Catalyzed by Fly-Ash and MIL-101(Cr) Composite 258\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.3 Xylose to Furfural Transformation Catalyzed by Tin Phosphate and MIL-101(Cr) Composite 262\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.4 Role of Acid Sites, Textural Properties and Hydrothermal Stability of Catalyst in Xylose Dehydration Reaction 264\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4 Conclusion 267\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 268\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 273\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743119061335,"sku":"9783527338672","price":999.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}]},{"product_id":"industrial-microbiology-9783527340354","title":"Industrial Microbiology","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFocusing on current and future uses of microbes as production organisms, this practice-oriented textbook complements traditional texts on microbiology and biotechnology.\u003cbr\u003e The editors have brought together leading researchers and professionals from the entire field of industrial microbiology and together they adopt a modern approach to a well-known subject. Following a brief introduction to the technology of microbial processes, the twelve most important application areas for microbial technology are described, from crude bulk chemicals to such highly refined biomolecules as enzymes and antibodies, to the use of microbes in the leaching of minerals and for the treatment of municipal and industrial waste. In line with their application-oriented topic, the authors focus on the \"translation\" of basic research into industrial processes and cite numerous successful examples. The result is a first-hand account of the state of the industry and the future potential for microbes in industrial processes. \u003cbr\u003e Interested students of biotechnology, bioengineering, microbiology and related disciplines will find this a highly useful and much consulted companion, while instructors can use the case studies and examples to add value to their teaching.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003ePreface xvii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 Historical Overview and Future Perspective 1\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eBernhard Eikmanns, Marcella Eikmanns, and Christopher J. Paddon\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 Use of Fermentation Procedures Before the Discovery of Microorganisms (Neolithic Era = New Stone Age Until 1850) 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 Investigation of Microorganisms and Beginning of Industrial Microbiology (1850 Until 1940) 7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3 Development of New Products and Procedures: Antibiotics and Other Biomolecules (From 1940) 11\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4 Genetic Engineering is Introduced into Industrial Microbiology (From Roughly 1980) 15\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5 Future Perspectives: Synthetic Microbiology 18\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 20\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther Reading 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 Bioprocess Engineering \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e23\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eMichael R. Ladisch, Eduardo Ximenes, Nathan Mosier, Abigail S. Engelberth, Kevin Solomon, and Robert Binkley\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Introduction 23\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.1 Role of Bioreactors 25\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.2 Basic Bioreactor Configurations 26\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.3 Types of Growth Media 27\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 Nonstructured Models 28\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.1 Nonstructured Growth Models 28\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.1.1 Unstructured Models 29\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.1.2 Biotechnical Processes 30\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.2 Modeling Fermentations 32\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.3 Metabolic Pathways 39\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.4 Manipulation of Metabolic Pathways 40\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.5 Future of Pathway Design 42\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 Oxygen Transport 43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.1 Aerobic versus Anaerobic Conditions 43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.2 k\u003csub\u003eL\u003c\/sub\u003ea – Volumetric Mass Transfer Coefficient 44\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4 Heat Generating Aerobic Processes 46\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5 Product Recovery 49\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.1 Basics 49\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.2 \u003ci\u003eIn Situ \u003c\/i\u003eProduct Recovery (ISPR) 49\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6 Modeling and Simulation of Reactor Behavior 51\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6.1 Basic Approaches and Software 51\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6.2 Numerical Simulation of Bioreactor Function 51\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6.3 Contamination of Bioreactors 52\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.7 Scale-up 53\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 54\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther Reading 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 Food \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e59\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eGülhan Ünlü and Barbara Nielsen\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Fermented Foods 59\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.1 Food Preservation 59\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.2 Flavor and Texture 60\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.3 Health Benefits 60\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.4 Economic Impact 62\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Microorganisms and Metabolism 62\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.1 Fermentation Processes 64\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.2 Starter Cultures 65\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Yeast Fermentations – Industrial Application of \u003ci\u003eSaccharomyces \u003c\/i\u003eSpecies 65\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.1 Grain Fermentation for Ethanol Production – Beer 66\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.2 Grain Fermentation for CO\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e Production – Bread 69\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.2.1 Yeast Preparation 69\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.3 Fruit Fermentation –Wines and Ciders 71\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 Vinegar – Incomplete Ethanol Oxidation by Acetic Acid Bacteria Such as \u003ci\u003eGluconobacter oxydans \u003c\/i\u003e75\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.1 Substrates: Wine, Cider, and Malt 75\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.2 Distilled (White) Vinegar 77\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.3 Balsamic and Other Specialty Vinegars 77\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5 Bacterial and Mixed Fermentations – Industrial Application of Lactic Acid Bacteria, with or without Yeast or Molds 78\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.1 Milk – Cultured Milks – Buttermilk, Yogurt, Kefir, and Cheese 78\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.1.1 Bacteriophage Contamination – Death of a Culture 81\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.2 Meats – Sausages, Fish Sauces, and Pastes 82\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.3 Vegetables – Sauerkrauts and Pickles, Olives 83\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.4 Grains and Legumes – Soy Sauce, Miso, Natto, and Tempeh 86\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.5 Cocoa and Coffee 87\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6 Fungi as Food 88\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6.1 Mushrooms 88\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6.2 Single-Cell Protein – \u003ci\u003eFusarium venenatum \u003c\/i\u003e90\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7 Conclusions and Outlook 91\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 92\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther Reading 92\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Technical Alcohols and Ketones \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e95\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003ePeter Dürre\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Introduction 95\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 Ethanol Synthesis by \u003ci\u003eSaccharomyces cerevisiae \u003c\/i\u003eand \u003ci\u003eClostridium autoethanogenum \u003c\/i\u003e97\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1 Application 97\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.2 Metabolic Pathways and Regulation 97\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.3 Production Strains 98\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.4 Production Processes 98\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.5 Ethanol – Fuel of the Future? 100\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.6 Alternative Substrates for Ethanol Fermentation by Cellulolytic Bacteria and \u003ci\u003eClostridium autoethanogenum \u003c\/i\u003e100\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 1,3-Propanediol Synthesis by \u003ci\u003eEscherichia coli \u003c\/i\u003e101\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.1 Application 101\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.2 Metabolic Pathways and Regulation 102\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.3 Production Strains 102\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.4 Production Processes 104\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 Butanol and Isobutanol Synthesis by Clostridia and Yeast 105\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.1 History of Acetone–Butanol–Ethanol (ABE) Fermentation by \u003ci\u003eClostridium acetobutylicum \u003c\/i\u003eand \u003ci\u003eC. beijerinckii \u003c\/i\u003e105\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.2 Application 106\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.3 Metabolic Pathways and Regulation 107\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.4 Production Strains 110\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.5 Production Processes 110\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.6 Product Toxicity 113\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5 Acetone Synthesis by Solventogenic Clostridia 113\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.1 Application 113\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.2 Metabolic Pathways and Regulation 113\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.3 Production Strains 114\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.4 Production Processes 114\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6 Outlook 115\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther Reading 115\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Organic Acids \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e117\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eMichael Sauer and Diethard Mattanovich\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Introduction 117\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Citric Acid 119\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.1 Economic Impact and Applications 120\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.2 Biochemistry of Citric Acid Accumulation 120\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.3 Industrial Production by the Filamentous Fungus \u003ci\u003eAspergillus niger \u003c\/i\u003e122\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.4 \u003ci\u003eYarrowia lipolytica\u003c\/i\u003e: A Yeast as an Alternative Production Platform 123\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Lactic Acid 124\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.1 Economic Impact and Applications 124\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.2 Anaerobic Bacterial Metabolism Generating Lactic Acid 125\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.3 Lactic Acid Production by Bacteria 125\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.4 Lactic Acid Production by Yeasts 126\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 Gluconic Acid 127\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.1 Economic Impact and Applications 127\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.2 Extracellular Biotransformation of Glucose to Gluconic Acid by \u003ci\u003eAspergillus niger \u003c\/i\u003e128\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.3 Production of Gluconic Acid by Bacteria 129\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5 Succinic Acid 129\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.1 Economic Impact and Applications 130\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.2 Pilot Plants for Anaerobic or Aerobic Microbes 130\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6 Itaconic Acid 132\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6.1 Economic Impact and Applications 132\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6.2 Decarboxylation as a Driver in Itaconic Acid Accumulation 132\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6.3 Production Process by \u003ci\u003eAspergillus terreus \u003c\/i\u003e132\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6.4 Metabolic Engineering for Itaconic Acid Production 132\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7 Downstream Options for Organic Acids 134\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.8 Perspectives 135\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.8.1 Targeting Acrylic Acid – Microbes Can Replace Chemical Process Engineering 136\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.8.2 Lignocellulose-Based Biorefineries 136\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther Reading 137\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 Amino Acids \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e139\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eLothar Eggeling\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Introduction 139\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.1 Importance and Areas of Application 139\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.2 Amino Acids in the Feed Industry 140\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.3 Economic Significance 141\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 Production of Amino Acids 142\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.1 Conventional Development of Production Strains 142\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.2 Advanced Development of Production Strains 144\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 l-Glutamate Synthesis by \u003ci\u003eCorynebacterium glutamicum \u003c\/i\u003e145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.1 Synthesis Pathway and Regulation 145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.2 Production Process 148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 l-Lysine 148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.1 Synthesis Pathway and Regulation 148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.2 Production Strains 150\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.3 Production Process 152\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5 l-Threonine Synthesis by \u003ci\u003eEscherichia coli \u003c\/i\u003e153\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5.1 Synthesis Pathway and Regulation 153\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5.2 Production Strains 154\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5.3 Production Process 155\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6 l-Phenylalanine 155\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6.1 Synthesis Pathway and Regulation 155\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6.2 Production Strains 156\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6.3 Production Process 157\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.7 Outlook 158\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther Reading 159\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 Vitamins, Nucleotides, and Carotenoids \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e161\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eKlaus-Peter Stahmann and Hans-Peter Hohmann\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 Application and Economic Impact 161\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 l-Ascorbic Acid (Vitamin C) 163\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.1 Biochemical Significance, Application, and Biosynthesis 163\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.2 Regioselective Oxidation with Bacteria in the Production Process 164\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 Riboflavin (Vitamin B\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e) 166\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.1 Significance as a Precursor for Coenzymes and as a Pigment 166\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.2 Biosynthesis by Fungi and Bacteria 167\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.3 Production by \u003ci\u003eAshbya gossypii \u003c\/i\u003e168\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.4 Production by \u003ci\u003eBacillus subtilis \u003c\/i\u003e171\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.5 Downstream Processing and Environmental Compatibility 173\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4 Cobalamin (Vitamin B\u003csub\u003e12\u003c\/sub\u003e) 174\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.1 Physiological Relevance 174\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.2 Biosynthesis 176\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.3 Production with \u003ci\u003ePseudomonas denitrificans \u003c\/i\u003e176\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5 Purine Nucleotides 178\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5.1 Impact as Flavor Enhancer 178\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5.2 Development of Production Strains 178\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5.3 Production of Inosine or Guanosine with Subsequent Phosphorylation 179\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6 β-Carotene 180\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6.1 Physiological Impact and Application 180\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6.2 Production with \u003ci\u003eBlakeslea trispora \u003c\/i\u003e181\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.7 Perspectives 181\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther Reading 183\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 Antibiotics and Pharmacologically Active Compounds \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e185\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eLei Fang, Guojian Zhang, and Blaine A. Pfeifer\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 Microbial Substances Active Against Infectious Disease Agents or Affecting Human Cells 185\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1.1 Distribution and Impacts 185\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1.2 Diversity of Antibiotics Produced by Bacteria and Fungi 189\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 β-Lactams 190\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.1 History, Effect, and Application 190\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.2 β-Lactam Biosynthesis 190\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.3 Penicillin Production by \u003ci\u003ePenicillium chrysogenum \u003c\/i\u003e193\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.4 Cephalosporin Production by \u003ci\u003eAcremonium chrysogenum \u003c\/i\u003e193\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3 Lipopeptides 193\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.1 History, Effect, and Application 193\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.2 Lipopeptide Biosynthesis 194\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.3 Daptomycin Production by \u003ci\u003eStreptomyces roseosporus \u003c\/i\u003e194\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.4 Cyclosporine Production by \u003ci\u003eTolypocladium inflatum \u003c\/i\u003e194\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4 Macrolides 197\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.1 History, Effect, and Application 197\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.2 Macrolide Biosynthesis 197\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.3 Erythromycin Production by \u003ci\u003eSaccharopolyspora erythraea \u003c\/i\u003e197\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5 Tetracyclines 200\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.1 History, Effect, and Application 200\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.2 Tetracycline Biosynthesis 200\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.3 Tetracycline Production by \u003ci\u003eStreptomyces rimosus \u003c\/i\u003e201\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6 Aminoglycosides 201\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6.1 History, Effect, and Application 201\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6.2 Aminoglycoside Biosynthesis 201\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6.3 Tobramycin Production by \u003ci\u003eStreptomyces tenebrarius \u003c\/i\u003e203\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7 Claviceps Alkaloids 203\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7.1 History, Effect, and Application 203\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7.2 Alkaloid Biosynthesis 203\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7.3 Ergotamine Production by \u003ci\u003eClaviceps purpurea \u003c\/i\u003e203\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.8 Perspectives 203\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.8.1 Antibiotic Resistance 203\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.8.2 New Research Model for Compound Identification 206\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.8.3 Future Opportunities 207\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther Reading 211\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e9 Pharmaceutical Proteins \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e213\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eHeinrich Decker, Susanne Dilsen, and Jan Weber\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1 History, Main Areas of Application, and Economic Importance 213\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2 Industrial Expression Systems, Cultivation and Protein Isolation, and Legal Framework 215\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.1 Development of Production Strains 215\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.2 Isolation of Pharmaceutical Proteins 221\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.3 Regulatory Requirements for the Production of Pharmaceutical Proteins 222\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3 Insulins 223\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.1 Application and Structures 223\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.2 Manufacturing Processes by \u003ci\u003eEscherichia coli \u003c\/i\u003eand \u003ci\u003eSaccharomyces cerevisiae \u003c\/i\u003e225\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.2.1 Production of a Fusion Protein in \u003ci\u003eE. coli \u003c\/i\u003e226\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.2.2 Production of a Precursor Protein, the So-Called Mini Proinsulin with the Host Strain \u003ci\u003eS. cerevisiae \u003c\/i\u003e228\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4 Somatropin 230\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.1 Application 230\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.2 Manufacturing Process 231\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5 Interferons – Application and Manufacturing 232\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.6 Human Granulocyte Colony-Stimulating Factor 234\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.6.1 Application 234\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.6.2 Manufacturing Process 235\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.7 Vaccines 235\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.7.1 Application 235\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.7.2 Manufacturing Procedure Using the Example of Gardasil\u003csup\u003eTM\u003c\/sup\u003e 236\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.7.3 Manufacturing Process Based on the Example of a Hepatitis B Vaccine 237\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.8 Antibody Fragments 238\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.9 Enzymes 239\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.10 Peptides 240\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.11 View – Future Economic Importance 240\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther Reading 242\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e10 Enzymes \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e243\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eDavid B.Wilson, Maxim Kostylev, Karl-Heinz Maurer, Marina Schramm, Wolfgang Kronemeyer, and Klaus-Peter Stahmann\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1 Fields of Application and Economic Impacts 243\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1.1 Enzymes are Biocatalysts 243\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1.2 Advantages and Limitations of Using Enzymatic Versus Chemical Methods 244\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1.3 Brief History of Enzyme Used for the Industrial Production of Valuable Products 245\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1.4 Diverse Ways That Enzymes are Used in Industry 246\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2 Enzyme Discovery and Improvement 250\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.1 Screening for New Enzymes and Optimization of Enzymes by Protein Engineering 250\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.2 Classical Development of Production Strains 251\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.3 Genetic Engineering of Producer Strains 253\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3 Production Process for Bacterial or Fungal Enzymes 255\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4 Polysaccharide-Hydrolyzing Enzymes 255\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.1 Starch-Cleaving Enzymes Produced by \u003ci\u003eBacillus \u003c\/i\u003eand \u003ci\u003eAspergillus \u003c\/i\u003eSpecies 257\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.2 Cellulose-Cleaving Enzymes: A Domain of \u003ci\u003eTrichoderma reesei \u003c\/i\u003e259\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.3 Production Strains 261\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5 Enzymes Used as Cleaning Agents 263\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.1 Subtilisin-Like Protease 264\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.2 \u003ci\u003eBacillus \u003c\/i\u003esp. Production Strains and Production Process 265\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.6 Feed Supplements – Phytases 266\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.6.1 Fields of Applications of Phytase 267\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.6.2 Phytase in the Animals Intestine 267\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.6.3 Production of a Bacterial Phytase in \u003ci\u003eAspergillus niger \u003c\/i\u003e269\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.7 Enzymes for Chemical and Pharmaceutical Industry 271\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.7.1 Examples for Enzymatic Chemical Production 271\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.7.2 Production of (\u003ci\u003eS\u003c\/i\u003e)-Profens by Fungal Lipase 271\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.8 Enzymes as Highly Selective Tools for Research and Diagnostics 272\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.8.1 Microbial Enzymes for Analysis and Engineering of Nucleic Acids 272\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.8.2 Specific Enzymes for Quantitative Metabolite Assays 275\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.9 Perspectives 276\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.9.1 l-DOPA by Tyrosine Phenol Lyase 276\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.9.2 Activation of Alkanes 276\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.9.3 Enzyme Cascades 276\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 277\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther Reading 277\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e11 Microbial Polysaccharides \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e279\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eVolker Sieber, Jochen Schmid, and Gerd Hublik\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1 Introduction 279\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2 Heteropolysaccharides 282\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.1 Xanthan: A Product of the Bacterium \u003ci\u003eXanthomonas campestris \u003c\/i\u003e282\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.1.1 Introduction 282\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.1.2 Regulatory Status 282\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.1.3 Structure 282\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.1.4 Biosynthesis 284\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.1.5 Industrial Production of Xanthan 286\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.1.6 Physicochemical Properties 287\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.1.7 Applications 289\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.2 Sphingans: Polysaccharides from \u003ci\u003eSphingomonas \u003c\/i\u003esp. 291\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.3 Hyaluronic Acid: A High-Value Polysaccharide for Cosmetic Applications 293\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.4 Alginate: Alternatives to Plant-Based Products by \u003ci\u003ePseudomonas \u003c\/i\u003eand \u003ci\u003eAzotobacter \u003c\/i\u003esp. 294\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.5 Succinoglycan: Acidic Polysaccharide from \u003ci\u003eRhizobium \u003c\/i\u003esp. 294\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3 Homopolysaccharides 295\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.1 α-Glucans 296\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.1.1 Pullulan 296\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.1.2 Dextran 296\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.2 β-Glucans 297\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.2.1 Linear β-glucans like cellulose and curdlan 297\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.2.2 Branched β-Glucans Like Scleroglucan and Schizophyllan 297\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.3 Fructosylpolymers like Levan 298\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4 Perspectives 298\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther Reading 299\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e12 Steroids \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e301\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eShuvendu Das and Sridhar Gopishetty\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.1 Fields of Applications and Economic Importance 301\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2 Advantages of Biotransformations During Production of Steroids 303\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3 Development of Production Strains and Production Processes 305\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4 Applied Types of Biotransformation 307\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.5 Synthesis of Steroids in Organic – Aqueous Biphasic System 310\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.6 Side-chain Degradation of Phytosterols by \u003ci\u003eMycobacterium \u003c\/i\u003eto Gain Steroid Intermediates 311\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.7 Biotransformation of Cholesterol to Gain Key Steroid Intermediates 313\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.8 11-Hydroxylation by Fungi During Synthesis of Corticosteroids 313\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.9 Δ1-Dehydrogenation by \u003ci\u003eArthrobacter \u003c\/i\u003efor the Production of Prednisolone 316\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.10 17-Keto Reduction by \u003ci\u003eSaccharomyces \u003c\/i\u003ein Testosterone Production 317\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.11 Double-Bond Isomerization of Steroids 318\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.12 Perspectives 319\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 320\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther Reading 321\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e13 Bioleaching \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e323\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eSören Bellenberg, Mario Vera Véliz, and Wolfgang Sand\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.1 Acidophilic Microorganisms Dissolve Metals from Sulfide Ores 323\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.1.1 Brief Overview on the Diversity of Acidophilic Mineral-Oxidizing Microorganisms 325\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.1.2 Natural and Man-Made Habitats of Mineral-oxidizing Microorganisms 325\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.1.3 Biological Catalysis of Metal Sulfide Oxidation 328\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.1.4 Importance of Biofilm Formation and Extracellular Polymeric Substances for Bioleaching by \u003ci\u003eAcidithiobacillus ferrooxidans \u003c\/i\u003eand \u003ci\u003eLeptospirillum ferrooxidans \u003c\/i\u003e330\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2 Bioleaching of Copper, Nickel, Zinc, and Cobalt 334\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2.1 Economic Impact 334\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2.2 Heap, Dump, or Stirred-tank Bioleaching of Copper, Nickel, Zinc, and Cobalt 337\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3 Gold 342\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3.1 Economic Impact 343\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3.2 Unlocking Gold by Biooxidation of the Mineral Matrix 343\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4 Uranium 346\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4.1 Economic Impact 346\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4.2 \u003ci\u003eIn Situ \u003c\/i\u003eBiomining of Uranium 346\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.5 Perspectives 347\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.5.1 Urban Mining – Processing of Electronic Waste and Industrial Residues 347\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.5.2 Microbial Iron Reduction for Dissolution of Mineral Oxides 348\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.5.3 Biomining Goes Underground – \u003ci\u003eIn Situ \u003c\/i\u003eLeaching as a Green Mining Technology? 348\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 351\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther Reading 351\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e14 Wastewater Treatment Processes \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e353\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eClaudia Gallert and Josef Winter\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.1 Introduction 354\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.1.1 Historical Development of Sewage Treatment 354\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.1.2 Resources from Wastewater Treatment 357\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.1.3 Wastewater and Storm Water Drainage 358\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.1.4 Wastewater Characterization and Processes for Effective Wastewater Treatment 358\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.1.5 Suspended or Immobilized Bacteria as Biocatalysts for Effective Sewage Treatment 360\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.2 Biological Basics of Carbon, Nitrogen, and Phosphorus Removal from Sewage 362\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.2.1 Aerobic and Anaerobic Degradation of Carbon Compounds 362\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.2.1.1 Mass and Energy Balance 366\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.2.2 Fundamentals of Nitrification 368\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.2.3 Elimination of Nitrate by Denitrification 371\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.2.4 New Nitrogen Elimination Processes 371\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.2.5 Microbial Phosphate Elimination 372\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.3 Wastewater Treatment Processes 374\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.3.1 Typical Process Sequence in Municipal Sewage Treatment Plants 374\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.3.2 Activated Sludge Process 376\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.3.3 Trickling Filters 378\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.3.4 Technical Options for Denitrification 379\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.3.5 Biological Phosphate Elimination 381\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.3.6 Sewage Sludge Treatment 382\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.3.6.1 Aerobic and Anaerobic Sewage Sludge Treatment 382\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.3.6.2 Sanitation and Quality Assurance of Sewage Sludge 384\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.4 Advanced Wastewater Treatment 384\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.4.1 Elimination of Micropollutants 385\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.4.2 Wastewater Disinfection 385\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5 Future Perspectives 386\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 386\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther Reading 388\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 389\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743119454551,"sku":"9783527340354","price":52.7,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9783527340354.jpg?v=1720064195"},{"product_id":"drying-technologies-for-biotechnology-and-pharmaceutical-applications-9783527341122","title":"Drying Technologies for Biotechnology and","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA comprehensive source of information about modern drying technologies that uniquely focus on the processing of pharmaceuticals and biologicals \u003cbr\u003e  \u003cbr\u003e Drying technologies are an indispensable production step in the pharmaceutical industry and the knowledge of drying technologies and applications is absolutely essential for current drug product development. This book focuses on the application of various drying technologies to the processing of pharmaceuticals and biologicals. It offers a complete overview of innovative as well as standard drying technologies, and addresses the issues of why drying is required and what the critical considerations are for implementing this process operation during drug product development. \u003cbr\u003e  \u003cbr\u003e Drying Technologies for Biotechnology and Pharmaceutical Applications discusses the state-of-the-art of established drying technologies like freeze- and spray- drying and highlights limitations that need to be overcome to achieve the future state of pharmaceutical manufacturing. The book also describes promising next generation drying technologies, which are currently used in fields outside of pharmaceuticals, and how they can be implemented and adapted for future use in the pharmaceutical industry. In addition, it deals with the generation of synergistic effects (e.g. by applying process analytical technology) and provides an outlook toward future developments. \u003cbr\u003e  \u003cbr\u003e -Presents a full technical overview of well established standard drying methods alongside various other drying technologies, possible improvements, limitations, synergies, and future directions \u003cbr\u003e -Outlines different drying technologies from an application-oriented point of view and with consideration of real world challenges in the field of drug product development \u003cbr\u003e -Edited by renowned experts from the pharmaceutical industry and assembled by leading experts from industry and academia \u003cbr\u003e  \u003cbr\u003e Drying Technologies for Biotechnology and Pharmaceutical Applications is an important book for pharma engineers, process engineers, chemical engineers, and others who work in related industries. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 Introduction \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e1\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eAlex Langford, Satoshi Ohtake, David Lechuga-Ballesteros, and Ken-ichi Izutsu\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgement 5\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 6\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 A Concise History of Drying \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e9\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eSakamon Devahastin and Maturada Jinorose\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Introduction 9\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 History of Drying of Pharmaceutical Products 11\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 History of Selected Drying Technologies 13\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.1 Freeze Drying 13\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.2 Spray Drying 15\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.3 Fluidized-Bed Drying 16\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.4 Supercritical Drying 16\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4 Concluding Remarks 18\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments 18\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 18\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart I Drug Product Development \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e23\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 Importance of Drying in Small Molecule Drug Product Development \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e25\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eParoma Chakravarty and Karthik Nagapudi\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Introduction 25\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Drying Materials and Dryer Types 33\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Directly Heated (Convective) Dryers 36\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.1 Tray Drying 36\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.1.1 Description 36\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.1.2 Utility 36\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.1.3 Drawbacks and Challenges 37\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.2 Fluidized-Bed Drying 39\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.2.1 Description 39\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.2.2 Determination of End Point of Drying 41\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.2.3 Advantages, Utility, and Drawbacks 42\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.3 Spray Drying 43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.3.1 Description 43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.3.2 Role in Formulation Development 44\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 Indirectly Heated (Conductive) Dryers 56\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.1 Rotary Drying 56\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.1.1 Description 56\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.1.2 Advantages and Drawbacks 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.2 Freeze Drying 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.2.1 Description 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.2.2 Advantages and Drawbacks 58\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.2.3 Role in Small Molecule Formulation Development 58\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5 Emerging Drying Technologies 62\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.1 Supercritical Fluid (SCF) Drying 62\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.1.1 Description 62\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.1.2 Advantages and Drawbacks 62\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.1.3 Pharmaceutical Applications 63\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.2 Microwave Drying 67\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.2.1 Pharmaceutical Applications 68\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6 Summary 74\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 74\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Drying for Stabilization of Protein Formulations \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e91\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eJacqueline Horn, Hanns-Christian Mahler, and Wolfgang Friess\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Protein Stability 91\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.1 Physical Instability of Proteins 92\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.2 Chemical Instability of Proteins 92\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.2.1 Disulfide Bond Formation 92\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.2.2 Deamidation 93\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.2.3 Oxidation 94\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.2.4 Glycation 94\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.3 Analysis of Protein Stability 94\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.3.1 Particle Analysis in Protein Formulations 95\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.3.2 Other Purity Tests for Proteins 95\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.3.3 Analysis of Higher-Order Structure 96\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 Protein Stability in the Dried State 96\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1 Theoretical Considerations 96\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1.1 Water Replacement Hypothesis 96\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1.2 Glass Dynamics Hypothesis and Vitrification 97\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.2 Analysis of the Dried State 97\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.2.1 Investigation of Endo- and Exothermic Processes: Glass Transition and Crystallization 97\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.2.2 Sample Morphology: Crystalline or Amorphous Matrix? 98\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.2.3 Residual Moisture 98\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.3 Excipients Used to Stabilize Proteins in the Dried State 99\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.3.1 Sugars 99\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.3.2 Polyols 100\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.3.3 Polymers 101\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.3.4 Amino Acids 102\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.3.5 Additional Excipients: Metal Ions\/HP-β-CD\/Surfactants\/Buffers 102\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 How Does the Process Influence Protein Stability? 103\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.1 Process of Freeze Drying 103\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.1.1 Freezing 103\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.1.2 Drying 105\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.1.3 Typical Defects in Lyophilized Products Beyond Protein Stability 106\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.2 Process of Spray Drying 106\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.2.1 Protein Stability During Droplet Formation 106\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.2.2 Protein Stability During the Drying Phase 107\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 Summary 107\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 107\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Vaccines and Microorganisms \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e121\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eAkhilesh Bhambhani and Valentyn Antochshuk\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Introduction 121\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Vaccine Drug Product Development 122\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.1 Early Development to Phase I 122\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.1.1 Developability 122\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.1.2 Pre-formulation 124\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.1.3 Formulation Development 127\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.2 Late-Stage Development (Phase II and Beyond) 129\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.2.1 Scale-Up Considerations and Case Studies 130\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Spray Drying: An Alternate to Lyophilization 132\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 Summary and Path Forward 133\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 134\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart II Common Drying Technologies \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e137\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 Advances in Freeze Drying of Biologics and Future Challenges and Opportunities \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e139\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eBakul Bhatnagar and Serguei Tchessalov\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Introduction 139\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 Where AreWe Now? 139\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 Current State 140\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.1 Rational Formulation Design: Keeping It Simple 140\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.2 Process Design and Monitoring 143\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.2.1 Freezing 143\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.2.2 Product Temperature Measurement 145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.2.3 Pressure Rise Test\/Manometric Temperature Measurement 146\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.2.4 SMART Freeze-Dryer\u003csup\u003eTM\u003c\/sup\u003e Technology 146\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.2.5 Application of Pirani Gauge for the Control of Primary Drying 147\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.2.6 Application of Mass Spectroscopy for Process Control 148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.2.7 Heat Flux Sensors as PAT Tools 148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.2.8 Pressure Decrease Method 149\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.2.9 Tunable Diode Laser Absorption Spectroscopy (TDLAS) 149\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.2.10 Emerging Analytical Tools for Process Monitoring and Control 149\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.2.11 Modeling of Freeze-Drying Process 150\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.3 Tools to Monitor Dried Products 150\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.3.1 Structure of the Biologic 150\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.3.2 Characterizing Matrix Contributions to Stability 151\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.3.3 Looking Beyond the Biologic and the Formulation Matrix 152\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 Current Challenges 153\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.1 Understanding Protein Degradation in the Frozen State and Dried States 153\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.2 Process Inefficiency 154\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5 Vision for the Future 155\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5.1 Advances in Container-Closure Systems 155\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5.2 Dryer Design 156\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5.2.1 Laboratory-Scale Dryers 156\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5.2.2 Commercial-Scale Freeze Dryers 157\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5.3 Redefining Product Appearance\/Elegance 160\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5.4 “Intelligent” Formulation and Process Design 160\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5.5 How Could Alternate Drying Technologies and Freeze Drying Coexist? 161\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5.5.1 Alternatives to the Current Batch-Based Vial Drying 161\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6 Summary 162\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments 162\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTributes 163\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 164\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 Spray Drying \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e179\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eReinhard Vehring, Herm Snyder, and David Lechuga-Ballesteros\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 Background 179\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.1 Spray-Drying Fundamentals 180\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.2 Feedstock Preparation 180\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.3 Spray-Drying Equipment 181\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.4 Atomization 183\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.4.1 Twin-Fluid or Gas (Air)-Assisted Atomizer 184\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.4.2 Pressure or Hydraulic Nozzle 185\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.4.3 Rotary Atomizer 186\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.5 Drying Chamber 187\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.6 Particle Collection 189\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 Particle Engineering 189\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.1 Particle Formation: Evaporation Stage 191\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.2 Particle Formation: Solidification Stage 193\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.3 Particle Formation: Solidification Stage for Crystallizing Excipients 194\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.4 Particle Formation: Deformation Stage 197\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.5 Particle Formation: Equilibration Phase 198\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 Current Status 200\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4 Future Direction: Aseptic Spray Drying 205\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.1 Initial System Sterilization of Product Contact Surfaces 207\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.2 Maintaining a Sterile Environment over the Course of the Spray-Dried Batch 208\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.3 Aseptic Extraction and Handling the Dried Powder Product from the Dryer System 208\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 209\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart III Next Generation Drying Technologies \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e217\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 Spray Freeze Drying \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e219\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eBernhard Luy and Howard Stamato\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 Introduction 219\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 Background 220\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.1 Shelf Freeze Drying 220\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.2 Spray Freeze Drying 221\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.2.1 Single Dose vs. Bulk Manufacturing 221\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.2.2 Process Considerations 222\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.3 Spray-Freeze-Drying Developments 224\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3 Spray Freezing and Dynamic Freeze Drying 225\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.1 Spray Freezing 225\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.2 Dynamic Freeze Drying 229\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.2.1 Rotary Freeze-Drying Technology 229\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.2.2 Process Considerations 230\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.3 Industrial Application: Integration of Process Steps to a Process Line 231\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.4 Product Innovation Potential 233\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.5 Bulkware Innovation Potential: Supply Chain Flexibility 235\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4 Conclusion 235\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 236\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e9 Microwave Drying of Pharmaceuticals \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e239\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eTim Durance, Reihaneh Noorbakhsh, Gary Sandberg, and Natalia Sáenz-Garza\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1 Fundamentals of Microwave Heating and Drying 239\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.1 Theory of Microwave Heating and Drying 239\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.2 Ionic Conduction 240\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.3 Dipolar Rotation\/Vibration 240\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.4 Microwave Application at Low Pressures 241\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2 Equipment Used for Microwave Freeze Drying 242\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.1 Microwave Generators 242\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.2 Chambers 242\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.3 Vacuum Systems 243\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.4 Safety and Microwave Leakage Control 245\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3 Formulation Characterization 246\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.1 Dielectric Properties, Microwave Absorption, and Depth of Penetration 246\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.2 Glass Transition Temperature and Collapse 248\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.3 Excipients for Microwave Freeze Drying of Pharmaceutical Products 248\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4 Dehydration Process Using Microwave Freeze Drying 249\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.1 Primary Drying 249\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.2 Secondary Drying 250\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.3 Control of Drying 251\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5 Advantages and Challenges of Pharmaceutical Microwave Freeze Drying 251\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5.1 Advantages 251\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5.2 Challenges 251\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.6 Some of the Published Patents for Application of Microwave Freeze Drying 252\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 253\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e10 Foam Drying \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e257\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003ePhillip M. Lovalenti and Vu Truong-Le\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1 Introduction 257\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1.1 Challenges in Developing Stable Dosage Forms for Biopharmaceuticals 258\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1.2 Chapter Overview 258\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2 Comparison of Drying Methods 258\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.1 Brief Description of Established Pharmaceutical Drying Methods 258\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.1.1 Freeze Drying 259\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.1.2 Spray Drying 259\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.1.3 Vacuum Foam Drying 259\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.1.4 Other Drying Methods 260\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.2 Advantages of Foam Drying over Other Methods 261\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3 Foam Drying: Historical Perspective 262\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.1 Foam Drying in the Food Industry 262\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.2 Foam Drying in the Pharmaceutical Industry 263\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4 The Foam-Drying Process 263\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.1 Detailed Thermal Cycle and Equipment Parameters 263\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.2 Wet Blend Requirements 265\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.3 Variants of the Foam-Drying Process 266\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.3.1 Annear 266\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.3.2 Roser and Gribbon 266\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.3.3 Bronshtein (PFF) 266\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.3.4 Truong (FFD) 268\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.3.5 Truong (CFD) 268\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.3.6 Bronshtein (PBV) 268\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.4 Challenges to Commercialization 269\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.4.1 Process Stresses 269\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.4.2 Scalability and Process Robustness 269\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.4.3 Drug Delivery Requirements 270\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.4.4 Barriers to Change in the Pharmaceutical Industry 270\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5 Application of Foam Drying to Biostabilization 270\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.1 Formulation Considerations 271\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.1.1 Moisture Content 271\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.1.2 Buffers and pH 271\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.1.3 Glass Formers 271\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.1.4 Foaming Agents 272\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.1.5 Polymers 272\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.1.6 Plasticizers 272\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.1.7 Proteins and Amino Acids 272\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.2 Examples of Foam-Dried Biopharmaceuticals: Case Studies 273\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.2.1 \u003ci\u003eProtein\u003c\/i\u003e: IgG1 Monoclonal Antibody 273\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.2.2 \u003ci\u003eViral Vaccine\u003c\/i\u003e: Influenza 274\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.2.3 \u003ci\u003eBacterial Vaccine\u003c\/i\u003e: Ty21a 275\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.2.4 \u003ci\u003eHuman Cells\u003c\/i\u003e: T Cells 276\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.6 Physiochemical Characterization of the Foam-Dried Product 277\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.6.1 Thermal Analysis and Protein Secondary Structure 277\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.6.2 Specific Surface Area and Surface Composition Analysis 278\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.6.3 Molecular Mobility and Amorphous Structure Analysis 278\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.7 Conclusions and Future Prospects 279\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 279\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e11 Effects of Electric and Magnetic Field on Freezing \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e283\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eArun S. Mujumdar and Meng W.Woo\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1 Introduction 283\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2 The Different Stages and Parameters of Freezing 284\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3 Effect of Electric Field on Freezing 285\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.1 Application to Water and Systems with Dissolved Solute 285\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.2 Application to Solid Materials 287\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.3 Application of AC Field to Freezing 288\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.4 Important Additional Considerations 289\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4 Effect of Magnetic Field on Freezing 290\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4.1 Patent Claims and Studies on Magnetic Field Assisted Freezing 290\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4.2 Debate on the Possible Nonsignificant Effect of Magnetic Field to Freezing 291\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5 Possible Effect of Electric and Magnetic Field on the Sublimation Process 294\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.6 Future Outlook for Pharmaceutical Application 296\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 296\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e12 Desired Attributes and Requirements for Implementation \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e303\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eHoward Stamato and Jim Searles\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.1 Introduction 303\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2 Measuring Dryness 305\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3 Process Considerations 306\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4 Product Considerations 307\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.5 Scale-Up Considerations 309\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.6 Implementation 309\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 310\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart IV Formulation Considerations for Solid Dosage Preparation \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e315\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e13 The Roles of Acid–Base Relationships, Interfaces, and Molecular Mobility in Stabilization During Drying and in the Solid State \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e317\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eDanforth P.Miller, Evgenyi Shalaev, and Jim Barnard\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.1 Introduction 317\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2 Acid–Base Relationships and Change in Ionization During Freezing and Drying 318\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3 Role of Interfaces in Instability During Freeze Drying and Spray Drying 323\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4 Influence of Molecular Mobility on Physicochemical Stability 325\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.5 Fast β-Relaxation in Practice 332\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.6 Conclusions and Advice to the Formulator 336\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 337\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart V Implementation \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e347\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e14 Challenges and Considerations for New Technology Implementation and Synergy with Development of Process Analytical Technologies (PAT) \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e349\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eHoward Stamato and Jim Searles\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 353\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart VI Future Perspectives \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e355\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e15 Future Directions: Lyophilization Technology Roadmap to 2025 and Beyond \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e357\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eAlina Alexeenko and Elizabeth Topp\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.1 Introduction 357\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.2 Overview of the Roadmapping Process 358\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.2.1 Roadmap Framework and Development 358\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.2.2 Roadmap Summary 360\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.3 Trends and Drivers 363\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4 Lyophilized Products 364\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4.1 New and Improved Analytical Methods 365\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4.2 Improved Container\/Closure Systems 365\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4.3 Adapt Lyophilization to New Product Types 366\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.5 Process 366\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.5.1 Process Monitoring Instrumentation 366\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.5.2 Process Modeling and Simulation 367\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.5.3 Process Control and Automation 367\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.6 Equipment 367\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.6.1 Equipment Harmonization and Scale-Up 368\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.6.2 Improve Lyophilized Technologies and Equipment for Existing and New Products 369\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.6.3 Disruptive Lyophilization\/Drying Technologies and Equipment 369\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.7 Regulatory Interface 370\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.8 Workforce Development 371\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 372\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 373\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743119487319,"sku":"9783527341122","price":124.15,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}]},{"product_id":"kinetics-of-chemical-reactions-decoding-complexity-9783527342952","title":"Kinetics of Chemical Reactions: Decoding","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis second, extended and updated edition presents the current state of kinetics of chemical reactions, combining basic knowledge with results recently obtained at the frontier of science.\u003cbr\u003e Special attention is paid to the problem of the chemical reaction complexity with theoretical and methodological concepts illustrated throughout by numerous examples taken from heterogeneous catalysis combustion and enzyme processes. \u003cbr\u003e Of great interest to graduate students in both chemistry and chemical engineering.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003ePreface to First Edition xv\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePreface to Second Edition xix\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 Introduction 1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 Overview 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 Decoding Complexity in Chemical Kinetics 2\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3 Three Types of Chemical Kinetics 2\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.1 Applied Kinetics 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.2 Detailed Kinetics 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.3 Mathematical Kinetics 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4 Challenges and Goals. How to Kill Chemical Complexity 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.1 “Gray-Box” Approach 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.2 Analysis of Kinetic Fingerprints 5\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.3 Non-steady-state Kinetic Screening 6\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5 What Our Book is Not About. Our Book among Other Books on Chemical Kinetics 6\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.6 The Logic in the Reasoning of This Book 7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.7 How Chemical Kinetics and Mathematics are Interwoven in This Book 7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.8 History of Chemical Kinetics 8\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 12\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 Chemical Reactions and Complexity 17\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Introduction 17\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 Elementary Reactions and the Mass-Action Law 19\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.1 Homogeneous Reactions 19\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.2 Heterogeneous Reactions 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.3 Rate Expressions 22\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 The Reaction Rate and Net Rate of Production of a Component – A Big Difference 23\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4 Dimensions of the Kinetic Parameters and Their Orders of Magnitude 24\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5 Conclusions 26\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNomenclature 26\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 28\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 Kinetic Experiments: Concepts and Realizations 29\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Introduction 29\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Experimental Requirements 29\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Material Balances 30\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 Classification of Reactors for Kinetic Experiments 31\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.1 Steady-state and Non-steady-state Reactors 31\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.2 Transport in Reactors 31\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.3 Ideal Reactors 32\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.3.1 Batch Reactor 32\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.3.2 Continuous Stirred-tank Reactor 33\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.3.3 Plug-flow Reactor 34\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.4 Ideal Reactors with Solid Catalyst 34\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.4.1 Batch Reactor 34\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.4.2 Continuous Stirred-tank Reactor 35\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.4.3 Plug-flow Reactor 35\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.4.4 Pulse Reactor 35\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.5 Determination of the Net Rate of Production 36\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5 Formal Analysis of Typical Ideal Reactors 36\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.1 Batch Reactor 36\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.1.1 Irreversible Reaction 36\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.1.2 Reversible Reaction 38\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.1.3 How to Distinguish Parallel Reactions from Consecutive Reactions 40\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.2 Steady-state Plug-flow Reactor 43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.3 Non-steady-state Continuous Stirred-tank Reactor 43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.3.1 Irreversible Reaction 43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.3.2 Reversible Reaction 44\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.4 Thin-zone TAP Reactor 45\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6 Kinetic-model-free Analysis 46\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6.1 Steady State 46\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6.2 Non-steady State 47\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6.2.1 Continuous Stirred-tank Reactor 47\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6.2.2 Plug-flow Reactor 48\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7 Diagnostics of Kinetic Experiments in Heterogeneous Catalysis 49\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7.1 Gradients at Reactor and Catalyst-pellet Scale 49\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7.2 Experimental Diagnostics and Guidelines 49\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7.2.1 Test for External Mass-transfer Effect 51\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7.2.2 Test for Internal Mass-transport Effect 51\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7.2.3 Guidelines 52\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7.3 Theoretical Diagnostics 52\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7.3.1 External Mass Transfer 53\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7.3.2 External Heat Transfer 54\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7.3.3 InternalMass Transport 56\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7.3.4 Internal Heat Transport 59\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7.3.5 Non-steady-state Operation 59\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNomenclature 59\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 62\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Chemical Book-keeping: Linear Algebra in Chemical Kinetics 65\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Basic Elements of Linear Algebra 65\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 Linear Algebra and Complexity of Chemical Reactions 67\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1 Atomic Composition of Chemical Components: Molecules “Consist of” Atoms 68\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1.1 Molecular Matrix 68\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1.2 Linear Algebra and Laws of Mass Conservation 68\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1.3 Key Components and Their Number 70\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.2 Stoichiometry of Chemical Reactions: Reactions “Consist of” Chemical Components 72\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.2.1 Stoichiometric Matrix 72\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.2.2 Difference and Similarity between the Conservation Law for Chemical Elements and the KineticMass-Conservation Law 74\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.2.3 Similarity and Difference between the Numbers of Key Components and the Number of Key Reactions 74\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.3 DetailedMechanism of Complex Reactions: Complex Reactions “Consist of” Elementary Reactions 75\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.3.1 Mechanisms and Horiuti Numbers 75\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.3.2 Matrices and Independent Routes of Complex Reactions 80\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 Concluding Remarks 83\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.A Book-Keeping Support in Python\/SymPy 83\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.A.1 Skeleton Code Generation 83\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.A.2 Matrix Augmentation and Reduction 84\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNomenclature 88\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 90\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Steady-State Chemical Kinetics: A Primer 93\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Introduction to Graph Theory 93\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Representation of Complex Mechanisms as Graphs 94\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.1 Single-route Mechanisms 95\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.2 Single-route Mechanism with a Buffer Step 97\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.3 Two-route Mechanisms 97\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.4 Number of Independent Reaction Routes and Horiuti’s Rule 99\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 How to Derive the Reaction Rate for a Complex Reaction 101\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.1 Introduction 101\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.2 Kinetic Cramer’s Rule and Trees of the Chemical Graph 104\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.3 Forward and Reverse Reaction Rates 110\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.4 Single-route LinearMechanism – General Case 111\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.5 How to Find the Kinetic Equation for the Reverse Reaction: The Horiuti–Boreskov Problem 112\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.6 What About the Overall Reaction – A Provocative Opinion 114\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 Derivation of Steady-State Kinetic Equations for a Single-Route Mechanism – Examples 116\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.1 Two-step Mechanisms 117\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.1.1 Michaelis–Menten Mechanism 117\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.1.2 Water–Gas Shift Reaction 118\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.1.3 Liquid-phase Hydrogenation 119\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.2 Three-step Mechanisms 120\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.2.1 Oxidation of Sulfur Dioxide 120\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.2.2 Coupling Reaction 121\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.3 Four-step Mechanisms 122\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.4 Five-step Mechanisms 124\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.5 Single-route Linear Mechanisms with a Buffer Step 125\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5 Derivation of Steady-State Kinetic Equations for Multi Route Mechanisms: Kinetic Coupling 126\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.1 Cycles Having a Common Intermediate 127\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.2 Cycles Having a Common Step 129\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.3 Cycles Having Two Common Steps 130\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.4 Different Types of Coupling between Cycles 131\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNomenclature 132\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 133\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 Steady-state Chemical Kinetics:Machinery 137\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Analysis of Rate Equations 137\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.1 Dependence of Parameters on Temperature and Number of Identifiable Parameters 138\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.2 Simplifying Assumptions 140\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.2.1 Fast Step 140\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.2.2 Rate-limiting Step 141\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.2.3 Quasi-equilibrated Step(s) 141\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.2.4 Irreversible Step(s) 142\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.2.5 Dependence of the Reaction Rate on Concentrations 143\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 Apparent Kinetic Parameters: Reaction Order and Activation Energy 143\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.1 Definitions 143\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.2 Two-step Mechanism of an Irreversible Reaction 145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.2.1 Apparent Partial Reaction Order 145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.2.2 Apparent Activation Energy 146\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.3 More Examples 147\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.3.1 Apparent Partial Reaction Order 147\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.3.2 Apparent Activation Energy 152\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.4 Some Further Comments 153\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 How to Reveal Mechanisms Based on Steady-state Kinetic Data 154\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.1 Assumptions 154\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.2 Direct and Inverse Problems of Kinetic Modeling 155\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.3 Minimal and Non-minimal Mechanisms 155\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.3.1 Two-step Catalytic Mechanisms 156\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.3.2 Three-step Catalytic Mechanisms 156\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.3.3 Four-step Catalytic Mechanisms 157\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.3.4 Five-step Catalytic Mechanisms 158\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.3.5 Summary 158\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.4 What Kind of Kinetic Model Do We Need to Describe Steady-state Kinetic Data and to Decode Mechanisms? 159\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.4.1 Kinetic Resistance 159\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.4.2 Analysis of the Kinetic Resistance in Identifying and Decoding Mechanisms and Models 160\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.4.3 Concentration Terms of the Kinetic Resistance and Structure of the Detailed Mechanism 160\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.4.4 Principle of Component Segregation 164\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 Concluding Remarks 165\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNomenclature 166\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 167\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 Linear and Nonlinear Relaxation: Stability 169\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 Introduction 169\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.1 Linear Relaxation 171\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.2 Relaxation Times and Steady-state Reaction Rate 173\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.2.1 Relaxation Times and Kinetic Resistance 173\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.2.2 Temkin’s Rule. Is it Valid? 174\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.3 Further comments 176\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 Relaxation in a Closed System − Principle of Detailed Equilibrium 177\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 Stability – General Concept 180\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.1 Elements of the Qualitative Theory of Differential Equations 180\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.2 Local Stability – Rigorous Definition 182\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.3 Local Stability – System with two Variables 184\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.3.1 Real Roots 186\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.3.2 Imaginary Roots 187\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.4 Self-sustained Oscillations and Global Dynamics 188\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4 Simplifications of Non-steady-state Models 190\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.1 Abundance and Linearization 190\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.2 Fast Step − Equilibrium Approximation 191\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.3 Rate-limiting Step Approximation 191\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.4 Quasi-steady-state Approximation 192\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNomenclature 198\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 200\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 Nonlinear Mechanisms: Steady State and Dynamics 203\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 Critical Phenomena 203\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 Isothermal Critical Effects in Heterogeneous Catalysis: Experimental Facts 205\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.1 Multiplicity of Steady States 205\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.2 Self-sustained Oscillations of the Reaction Rate in Heterogeneous Catalytic Reactions 207\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.3 Diversity of Critical Phenomena and Their Causes 207\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3 Ideal Simple Models: Steady State 209\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.1 Parallel and Consecutive Adsorption Mechanisms 209\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.2 Impact Mechanisms 210\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.3 Simplest Mechanism for the Interpretation of Multiplicity of Steady States 212\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.4 Hysteresis: Influence of Reaction Reversibility 218\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.5 Competition of Intermediates 223\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4 Ideal Simple Models: Dynamics 227\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.1 Relaxation Characteristics of the Parallel Adsorption Mechanism 227\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.2 Catalytic Oscillators 234\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.2.1 Simplest Catalytic Oscillator 234\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.2.2 Relaxation of Self-sustained Oscillation: Model 239\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.2.3 Other Catalytic Oscillators 239\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.3 Fine Structure of Kinetic Dependences 242\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5 Structure of Detailed Mechanism and Critical Phenomena: Relationships 244\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.1 Mechanisms without Interaction between Intermediates 245\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.2 Horn–Jackson–Feinberg Mechanism 247\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6 Nonideal Factors 250\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7 Conclusions 251\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNomenclature 251\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 253\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e9 Kinetic Polynomials 263\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1 Linear Introduction to the Nonlinear Problem: Recap 263\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2 Nonlinear Introduction 266\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3 Principles of the Approach: Quasi-Steady-State Approximation. Mathematical Basis 267\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.1 Introduction 267\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.2 Examples 269\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4 Kinetic Polynomials: Derivation and Properties 270\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.1 Resultant Reaction Rate: A Necessary Mathematical Basis 270\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.2 Properties of the Kinetic Polynomial 272\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.3 Examples of Kinetic Polynomials 273\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.3.1 Impact Mechanism 273\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.3.2 Adsorption Mechanism 274\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5 Kinetic Polynomial: Classical Approximations and Simplifications 276\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5.1 Rate-limiting Step 276\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5.2 Vicinity of Thermodynamic Equilibrium 278\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5.3 Thermodynamic Branch 279\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.6 Application of Results of the Kinetic-polynomial Theory: Cycles across an Equilibrium 282\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.7 Critical Simplification 289\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.7.1 Critical Simplification: A Simple Example 289\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.7.2 Critical Simplification and Limitation 295\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.7.3 Principle of Critical Simplification: General Understanding and Application 296\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.8 Concluding Remarks 297\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.A Appendix 298\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNomenclature 299\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 301\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e10 Temporal Analysis of Products: Principles, Applications, and Theory 307\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1 Introduction 307\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2 Characteristics of TAP 309\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.1 The TAP Experiment 309\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.2 Description and Operation of a TAP Reactor System 310\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.3 Basic Principles of TAP 312\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3 Position of TAP among Other Kinetic Methods 314\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.1 Uniformity of the Active Zone 315\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.1.1 Continuous Stirred-tank Reactor 315\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.1.2 Plug-flow Reactor 315\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.1.3 TAP Reactor 315\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.2 Domain of Conditions 315\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.3 Possibility of Obtaining Relevant Kinetic Information 316\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.4 Relationship between Observed Kinetic Characteristics and Catalyst Properties 316\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.5 Model-Free Kinetic Interpretation of Data 317\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.6 Summary of the Comparison 318\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.7 Applications of TAP 318\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4 Qualitative Analysis of TAP Data: Examples 318\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.1 Single-pulse TAP Experiments 319\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.2 Pump-probe TAP Experiments 322\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.3 Multipulse TAP Experiments 324\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5 Quantitative TAP Data Description.Theoretical Analysis 326\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.1 One-Zone Reactor 327\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.1.1 Diffusion Only 327\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.1.2 Irreversible Adsorption 330\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.1.3 Reversible Adsorption 331\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.2 Two- and Three-Zone Reactors 332\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.3 Thin-Zone TAP Reactor Configuration 333\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.4 Moment-Based Quantitative Description of TAP Experiments 336\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.4.1 Moments and Reactivities 336\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.4.2 From Moments to Reactivities 342\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.4.3 Experimental Procedure 345\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.4.4 Summary 348\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.6 Kinetic Monitoring: Strategy of Interrogative Kinetics 348\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.6.1 State-by-state Kinetic Monitoring. Example: Oxidation of Furan 348\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.6.2 Strategy of Interrogative Kinetics 352\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.7 Theoretical Frontiers 353\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.7.1 Global Transfer Matrix Equation 353\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.7.2 Y Procedure 354\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.7.2.1 Principles of the Solution 355\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.7.2.2 Exact Mathematical Solution 358\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.7.2.3 How to Reconstruct the Active Zone Concentration and Net Rate of Production in Practice 359\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.7.2.4 Numerical Experiments 361\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.7.2.5 Summary of the Y Procedure 364\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.7.3 Probabilistic Theory of Single-particle TAP Experiments 366\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.8 Conclusions:What Next? 367\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNomenclature 368\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 371\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e11 Joint Kinetics 383\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1 Events and Invariances 383\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2 Single Reaction 384\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.1 Batch Reactor 384\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.1.1 Basics 384\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.1.2 Point of Intersection 386\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.1.3 Swapping the Equilibrium 387\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.2 Continuous Stirred-tank Reactor 388\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.2.1 Basis 388\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.2.2 Point of Intersection 388\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.3 Invariances 389\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3 Multiple Reactions 391\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.1 Events: Intersections and Coincidences 391\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.2 Mathematical Solutions of Kinetic Models 393\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.2.1 Batch Reactor 393\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.2.2 Continuous Stirred-tank Reactor 394\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.3 First Stage: Occurrence of Single Kinetic Events 394\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.4 Second Stage: Coincidences: Ordering Events by Pairs 397\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.5 End Products Intersection: Intersection of B and C 402\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.6 Invariances 403\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNomenclature 405\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 406\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e12 Decoding the Past 407\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.1 Chemical Time and Intermediates. Early History 407\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2 Discovery of Catalysis and Chemical Kinetics 407\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3 Guldberg and Waage’s Breakthrough 409\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4 Van’t Hoff’s Revolution: Achievements and Contradictions 409\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4.1 Undisputable Achievements 409\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4.2 Contradictions 410\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.5 Post-Van’t Hoff Period: Reaction is Not a Single-act Drama 411\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.6 All-in-all Confusion. Attempts at Understanding 411\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.7 Out of Confusion: Physicochemical Understanding 412\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.8 Towards Mathematical Chemical Kinetics 414\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNomenclature 418\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 419\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e13 Decoding the Future 425\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.1 A Great Achievement, a Great Illusion 425\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2 A New Paradigm for Decoding Chemical Complexity 426\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2.1 Advanced Experimental Kinetic Tools 427\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2.2 New Mathematical Tools. Chemical Kinetics and Mathematics 428\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 430\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 433\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743119978839,"sku":"9783527342952","price":70.55,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9783527342952.jpg?v=1720064198"},{"product_id":"cell-culture-engineering-recombinant-protein-production-9783527343348","title":"Cell Culture Engineering: Recombinant Protein","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOffers a comprehensive overview of cell culture engineering, providing insight into cell engineering, systems biology approaches and processing technology \u003cbr\u003e  \u003cbr\u003e In Cell Culture Engineering: Recombinant Protein Production, editors Gyun Min Lee and Helene Faustrup Kildegaard assemble top class authors to present expert coverage of topics such as: cell line development for therapeutic protein production; development of a transient gene expression upstream platform; and CHO synthetic biology. They provide readers with everything they need to know about enhancing product and bioprocess attributes using genome-scale models of CHO metabolism; omics data and mammalian systems biotechnology; perfusion culture; and much more. \u003cbr\u003e  \u003cbr\u003e This all-new, up-to-date reference covers all of the important aspects of cell culture engineering, including cell engineering, system biology approaches, and processing technology. It describes the challenges in cell line development and cell engineering, e.g. via gene editing tools like CRISPR\/Cas9 and with the aim to engineer glycosylation patterns. Furthermore, it gives an overview about synthetic biology approaches applied to cell culture engineering and elaborates the use of CHO cells as common cell line for protein production. In addition, the book discusses the most important aspects of production processes, including cell culture media, batch, fed-batch, and perfusion processes as well as process analytical technology, quality by design, and scale down models.  \u003cbr\u003e  \u003cbr\u003e  \u003cbr\u003e -Covers key elements of cell culture engineering applied to the production of recombinant proteins for therapeutic use  \u003cbr\u003e -Focuses on mammalian and animal cells to help highlight synthetic and systems biology approaches to cell culture engineering, exemplified by the widely used CHO cell line \u003cbr\u003e -Part of the renowned \"Advanced Biotechnology\" book series  \u003cbr\u003e  \u003cbr\u003e Cell Culture Engineering: Recombinant Protein Production will appeal to biotechnologists, bioengineers, life scientists, chemical engineers, and PhD students in the life sciences. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eAbout the Series Editors xvii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 Platform Technology for Therapeutic Protein Production \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e1\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eTae Kwang Ha, Jae Seong Lee, and Gyun Min Lee\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 Introduction 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 Overall Trend Analysis 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.1 Mammalian Cell Lines 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.2 Brief Introduction of Advances and Techniques 5\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3 General Guidelines for Recombinant Cell Line Development 6\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.1 Host Selection 6\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.2 Expression Vector 7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.3 Transfection\/Selection 7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.4 Clone Selection 8\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.4.1 Primary Parameters During Clone Selection 8\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.4.2 Clone Screening Technologies 9\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4 Process Development 9\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.1 Media Development 10\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.2 Culture Environment 10\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.3 Culture Mode (Operation) 10\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.4 Scale-up and Single-Use Bioreactor 11\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.5 Quality Analysis 12\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5 Downstream Process Development 12\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.1 Purification 12\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.2 Quality by Design (QbD) 13\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.6 Trends in Platform Technology Development 14\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.6.1 Rational Strategies for Cell Line and Process Development 14\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.6.2 Hybrid Culture Mode and Continuous System 15\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.6.3 Recombinant Human Cell Line Development for Therapeutic Protein Production 16\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.7 Conclusion 17\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgment 17\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConflict of Interest 17\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 17\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 Cell Line Development for Therapeutic Protein Production \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e23\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eSoo Min Noh, Seunghyeon Shin, and Gyun Min Lee\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Introduction 23\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 Mammalian Host Cell Lines for Therapeutic Protein Production 25\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.1 CHO Cell Lines 25\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.2 Human Cell Lines 26\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.3 Other Mammalian Cell Lines 27\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 Development of Recombinant CHO Cell Lines 27\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.1 Expression Systems for CHO Cells 28\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.2 Cell Line Development Process Using CHO Cells Based on Random Integration 28\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.2.1 Vector Construction 29\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.2.2 Transfection and Selection 30\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.2.3 Gene Amplification 30\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.2.4 Clone Selection 31\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.3 Cell Line Development Process Using CHO Cells Based on Site-Specific Integration 32\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4 Development of Recombinant Human Cell Lines 34\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.1 Necessity for Human Cell Lines 34\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.2 Stable Cell Line Development Process Using Human Cell Lines 35\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5 Important Consideration for Cell Line Development 36\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.1 Clonality 36\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.2 Stability 36\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.3 Quality of Therapeutic Proteins 37\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6 Conclusion 38\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 38\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 Transient Gene Expression-Based Protein Production in Recombinant Mammalian Cells \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e49\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eJoo-Hyoung Lee, Henning G. Hansen, Sun-Hye Park, Jong-Ho Park, and Yeon-Gu Kim\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Introduction 49\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Gene Delivery: Transient Transfection Methods 50\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.1 Calcium Phosphate-Based Transient Transfection 50\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.2 Electroporation 51\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.3 Polyethylenimine-Based Transient Transfection 52\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.4 Liposome-Based Transient Transfection 52\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Expression Vectors 53\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.1 Expression Vector Composition and Preparation 53\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.2 Episomal Replication 53\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.3 Coexpression Strategies 54\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 Mammalian Cell Lines 54\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.1 HEK293 Cell-Based TGE Platforms 55\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.2 CHO Cell-Based TGE Platforms 56\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.3 TGE Platforms Using Other Cell Lines 58\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5 Cell Culture Strategies 58\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.1 Culture Media for TGE 58\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.2 Optimization of Cell Culture Processes for TGE 59\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.3 \u003ci\u003eq\u003c\/i\u003e\u003csub\u003ep\u003c\/sub\u003e-Enhancing Factors in TGE-Based Culture Processes 59\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.4 Culture Longevity-Enhancing Factors in TGE-Based Culture Processes 59\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6 Large-Scale TGE-Based Protein Production 60\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7 Concluding Remarks 62\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 62\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Enhancing Product and Bioprocess Attributes Using Genome-Scale Models of CHO Metabolism \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e73\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eShangzhong Li, Anne Richelle, and Nathan E. Lewis\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Introduction \u003ci\u003e73\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.1 Cell Line Optimization \u003ci\u003e73\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.2 CHO Genome \u003ci\u003e75\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.2.1 Development of Genomic Resources of CHO \u003ci\u003e75\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.2.2 Development of Transcriptomics and Proteomics Resources of CHO \u003ci\u003e75\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 Genome-Scale Metabolic Model 76\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1 What Is a Genome-Scale Metabolic Model 76\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.2 Reconstruction of GEMs 77\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.2.1 Knowledge-Based Construction 77\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.2.2 Draft Reconstruction 77\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.2.3 Curation of the Reconstruction 77\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.2.4 Conversion to a Computational Format 79\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.2.5 Model Validation and Evaluation 79\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 GEM Application 80\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.1 Common Usage and Prediction Capacities of Genome-Scale Models 82\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.2 GEMs as a Platform for Omics Data Integration, Linking Genotype to Phenotype 83\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.3 Predicting Nutrient Consumption and Controlling Phenotype 84\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.4 Enhancing Protein Production and Bioprocesses 85\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.5 Case Studies 86\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 Conclusion 86\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments 88\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 88\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Genome Variation, the Epigenome and Cellular Phenotypes \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e97\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eMartina Baumann, Gerald Klanert, Sabine Vcelar,Marcus Weinguny, Nicolas Marx, and Nicole Borth\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Phenotypic Instability in the Context of Mammalian Production Cell Lines 97\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Genomic Instability 99\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Epigenetics 101\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.1 DNA Methylation 102\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.2 Histone Modifications 102\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.3 Downstream Effectors 104\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.4 Noncoding RNAs 104\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 Control of CHO Cell Phenotype by the Epigenome 105\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5 Manipulating the Epigenome 107\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.1 Global Epigenetic Modification 107\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.1.1 Manipulating Global DNA Methylation 107\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.1.2 Manipulating Global Histone Acetylation 108\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.2 Targeted Epigenetic Modification 109\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.2.1 Targeted Histone Modification 110\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.2.2 Targeted DNA Methylation 112\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6 Conclusion and Outlook 113\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 114\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 Adaption of Generic Metabolic Models to Specific Cell Lines for Improved Modeling of Biopharmaceutical Production and Prediction of Processes \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e127\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eCalmels Cyrielle, Chintan Joshi, Nathan E. Lewis, Malphettes Laetitia, and Mikael R. Andersen\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Introduction 127\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.1 Constraint-Based Models 127\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.2 Limitations of Flux Balance Analysis 131\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.2.1 Thermodynamically Infeasible Cycles 131\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.2.2 Genetic Regulation 131\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.2.3 Limitation of Intracellular Space 132\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.2.4 Multiple States in the Solution 132\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.2.5 Biological Objective Function 133\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.2.6 Kinetics and Metabolite Concentrations 133\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 Main Source of Optimization Issues with Large Genome-Scale Models: Thermodynamically Infeasible Cycles 134\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.1 Definition of Thermodynamically Infeasible Fluxes 134\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.2 Loops Involving External Exchange Reactions 134\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.2.1 Reversible Passive Transporters from Major Facilitator Superfamily (MFS) 135\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.2.2 Reversible Passive Antiporters from Amino Acid-Polyamine-organoCation (APC) Superfamily 136\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.2.3 Na\u003csup\u003e+\u003c\/sup\u003e-linked Transporters 136\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.2.4 Transport via Proton Symport 137\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.3 Tools to Identify Thermodynamically Infeasible Cycles 138\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.3.1 Visualizing Fluxes on a Network Map 138\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.3.2 Algorithms Developed 138\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.4 Methods Available to Remove Thermodynamically Infeasible Cycles 139\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.4.1 Manual Curation 139\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.4.2 Software and Algorithms Developed for the Removal of Thermodynamically Infeasible Loops from Flux Distributions 140\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 Consideration of Additional Biological Cellular Constraints 144\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.1 Genetic Regulation 144\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.1.1 Advantages of Considering Gene Regulation in Genome-Scale Modeling 144\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.1.2 Methods Developed to Take into Account a Feedback of FBA on the Regulatory Network 145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.2 Context Specificity 146\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.2.1 What Are Context-Specific Models (CSMs)? 146\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.2.2 Methods and Algorithms Developed to Reconstruct Context-Specific Models (CSMs) 146\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.2.3 Performance of CSMs 148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.2.4 Cautions About CSMs 149\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.3 Molecular Crowding 150\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.3.1 Consequences on the Predictions 150\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.3.2 Methods Developed to Account for a Total Enzymatic Capacity into the FBA Framework 151\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 Conclusion 152\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 153\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 Toward Integrated Multi-omics Analysis for Improving CHO Cell Bioprocessing \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e163\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eKok Siong Ang, Jongkwang Hong, Meiyappan Lakshmanan, and Dong-Yup Lee\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 Introduction 163\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 High-Throughput Omics Technologies 165\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.1 Sequencing-Based Omics Technologies 165\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.1.1 Historical Developments of Nucleotide Sequencing Techniques 165\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.1.2 Genome Sequencing of CHO Cells 166\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.1.3 Transcriptomics of CHO Cells 167\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.1.4 Epigenomics of CHO Cells 168\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.2 Mass Spectrometry-Based Omics Technologies 168\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.2.1 Mass Spectrometry Techniques 168\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.2.2 Proteomics of CHO Cells 170\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.2.3 Metabolomics\/Lipidomics of CHO Cells 171\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.2.4 Glycomics of CHO Cells 172\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 Current CHO Multi-omics Applications 172\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.1 Bioprocess Optimization 174\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.2 Cell Line Characterization 174\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.3 Engineering Target Identification 176\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4 Future Prospects 177\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 178\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 CRISPR Toolbox for Mammalian Cell Engineering \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e185\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eDaria Sergeeva, Karen Julie la Cour Karottki, Jae Seong Lee, and Helene Faustrup Kildegaard\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 Introduction 185\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 Mechanism of CRISPR\/Cas9 Genome Editing 186\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3 Variants of CRISPR-RNA-guided Endonucleases 187\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.1 Diversity of CRISPR\/Cas Systems 187\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.2 Engineered Cas9 Variants 188\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4 Experimental Design for CRISPR-mediated Genome Editing 188\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.1 Target Site Selection and Design of gRNAs 189\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.2 Delivery of CRISPR\/Cas9 Components 191\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5 Development of CRISPR\/Cas9 Tools 192\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.1 CRISPR\/Cas9-mediated Gene Editing 192\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.1.1 Gene Knockout 192\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.1.2 Site-Specific Gene Integration 194\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.2 CRISPR\/Cas9-mediated Genome Modification 195\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.2.1 Transcriptional Regulation 195\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.2.2 Epigenetic Modification 196\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.3 RNA Targeting 196\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6 Genome-Scale CRISPR Screening 197\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7 Applications of CRISPR\/Cas9 for CHO Cell Engineering 197\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.8 Conclusion 199\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgment 200\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 200\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e9 CHO Cell Engineering for Improved Process Performance and Product Quality \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e207\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eSimon Fischer and Kerstin Otte\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1 CHO Cell Engineering 207\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2 Methods in Cell Line Engineering 208\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.1 Overexpression of Engineering Genes 208\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.2 Gene Knockout 209\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.3 Noncoding RNA-mediated Gene Silencing 209\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3 Applications of Cell Line Engineering Approaches in CHO Cells 211\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.1 Enhancing Recombinant Protein Production 211\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.2 Repression of Cell Death and Acceleration of Growth 221\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.3 Modulation of Posttranslational Modifications to Improve Protein Quality 227\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4 Conclusions 233\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 234\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e10 Metabolite Profiling of Mammalian Cells \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e251\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eClaire E. Gaffney, Alan J. Dickson, and Mark Elvin\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1 Value of Metabolic Data for the Enhancement of Recombinant Protein Production 251\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2 Technologies Used in the Generation of Metabolic Data Sets 252\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.1 Targeted and Untargeted Metabolic Analysis 253\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.2 Analytical Technologies Used in the Generation of Metabolite Profiles 253\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.2.1 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance 254\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.2.2 Mass Spectrometry 255\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.3 Metabolite Sample Preparation 256\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.3.1 Extracellular Sample Preparation 257\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.3.2 Quenching of Intracellular Metabolite Samples 257\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.3.3 Metabolite Extraction from Quenched Cells 257\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.3.4 Metabolic Flux Analysis 257\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3 Approaches for Metabolic Data Analysis 257\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.1 Data Processing 258\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.2 Data Analysis 258\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.3 Data Interpretation and Integration 260\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4 Implementation of Metabolic Data in Bioprocessing 261\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.1 Relationship Between Growth Phase and Metabolism 261\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.2 Identification of Metabolic Indicators Associated with High Cell-Specific Productivity 263\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.3 Utilizing Metabolic Data to Improve Biomass and Recombinant Protein Yield 263\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.4 Utilizing Metabolic Understanding to Improve Product Quality 265\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.5 Cell Line Engineering to Redirect Metabolic Pathways 265\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5 Future Perspectives 266\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments 267\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 267\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e11 Current Considerations and Future Advances in Chemically Defined Medium Development for the Production of Protein Therapeutics in CHO Cells \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e279\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eWai Lam W. Ling\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1 Introduction 279\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2 Traditional Approach to Medium Development 279\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.1 Cell Line Selection 279\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.2 Design and Optimization 280\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.3 Process Consideration 282\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.4 Additional Considerations in Medium Development 284\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3 Future Perspectives for Medium Development 284\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.1 Systems Biology and Synthetic Biology 284\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgment 288\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConflict of Interest 288\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 288\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e12 Host Cell Proteins During Biomanufacturing \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003e295\u003cbr\u003e Jong Youn Baik, Jing Guo, and Kelvin H. Lee\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.1 Introduction 295\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2 Removal of HCP Impurities 295\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.1 Antibody Product 296\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.2 Non-antibody Protein Product 297\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.3 Difficult-to-Remove HCPs 298\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3 Impacts of Residual HCPs 298\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3.1 Drug Efficacy, Quality, and Shelf Life 298\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3.2 Immunogenicity 299\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3.3 Biological Activity 299\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4 HCP Detection and Monitoring Methods 300\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4.1 Anti-HCP Antiserum and Enzyme-Linked Immunosorbent Assay (ELISA) 300\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4.2 Proteomics Approaches as Orthogonal Methods 302\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.5 Efforts for HCP Control 302\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.5.1 Upstream Efforts 303\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.5.2 Downstream Efforts 304\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.5.3 HCP Risk Assessment in CHO Cells 305\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.6 Future Directions 305\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments 306\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 306\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e13 Mammalian Fed-batch Cell Culture for Biopharmaceuticals \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e313\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eWilliam C. Yang\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.1 Introduction 313\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2 Objectives of Cell Culture Process Development 314\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2.1 Yield and Product Quality 314\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2.2 Glycosylation 314\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2.3 Charge Heterogeneity 315\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2.4 Aggregation 316\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3 Cells and Cell Culture Formats 316\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3.1 Adherent Cells 316\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3.2 Suspended Cells 316\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3.3 Batch Cultures 317\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4 Fed-batch Cultures 317\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.5 Cell Culture Media 319\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.5.1 Basal Media 319\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.5.2 Feed Media 320\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.6 Feeding Strategies 321\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.6.1 Metabolite Based 321\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.6.2 Respiration Based 323\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.7 Feed Media Design 323\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.8 Process Variable Design 325\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.8.1 Temperature 325\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.8.2 pH and \u003ci\u003ep\u003c\/i\u003eCO\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e 325\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.8.3 Dissolved Oxygen 326\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.8.4 Culture Duration 327\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.9 Cell Culture Supplements 327\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.9.1 Yield 328\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.9.2 Glycosylation 328\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.10 New and Emerging Technologies 329\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.10.1 Analytical Technologies 329\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.10.2 Bioreactor Technologies 331\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.11 Future Directions 332\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 333\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e14 Continuous Biomanufacturing \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e347\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eSadettin S. Ozturk\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.1 Introduction 347\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.2 Continuous Upstream (Cell Culture) Processes 347\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.2.1 Continuous Culture without Cell Retention (Chemostat) 348\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.2.2 Continuous Culture with Cell Retention (Perfusion) 348\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.2.2.1 Cell Retention by Immobilization or Entrapment 349\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.2.2.2 Cell Retention by Cell Retention Device 350\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.2.3 Semicontinuous Culture 351\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.3 Advantages of Continuous Perfusion 351\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.3.1 Higher Volumetric Productivities 351\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.3.2 Better Utilization of Biomanufacturing Facilities 352\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.3.3 Better Product Quality and Consistency 352\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.3.4 Scale-up and Commercial Production 353\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.4 Cell Retention Systems for Continuous Perfusion 354\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.4.1 Cell Retention Devices 354\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.4.1.1 Filtration-Based Devices 354\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.4.1.2 Spin Filters 355\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.4.1.3 Continuous Centrifugation 356\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.4.1.4 Settler 356\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.4.1.5 BioSep Device 357\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.4.1.6 Hydrocyclones 358\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5 Operation and Control of Continuous Perfusion Bioreactors 358\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5.1 Feed and Harvest Flow and Volume Control 358\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5.2 Circulation or Return Pump 359\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5.3 Control of Perfusion Rate and Cell Density 359\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5.3.1 Cell Build-up Phase 359\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5.3.2 Production Phase 360\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5.3.3 Cell Bleed or Purge 360\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.6 Current Status of Continuous Perfusion 360\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.7 Conclusions 362\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgment 362\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 363\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e15 Process Analytical Technology and Quality by Design for Animal Cell Culture \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e365\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eHae-Woo Lee, Hemlata Bhatia, Seo-Young Park, Mark-Henry Kamga, Thomas Reimonn, Sha Sha, Zhuangrong Huang, Shaun Galbraith, Huolong Liu, and Seongkyu Yoon\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.1 PAT and QbD – US FDA’s Regulatory Initiatives 365\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.2 PAT and QbD – Challenges 365\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.3 PAT and QbD Implementations 366\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.3.1 NIR Spectroscopy 366\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.3.2 Mid-Infrared (MIR) Spectroscopy 367\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.3.3 Raman Spectroscopy 367\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.3.4 Fluorescence Spectroscopy 368\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.3.5 Chromatographic Techniques 368\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.3.6 Other Useful Techniques 369\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.3.7 Data Analysis and Modeling Tools 369\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4 Case Studies 370\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4.1 Estimation of Raw Material Performance in Mammalian Cell Culture Using Near-Infrared Spectra Combined with Chemometrics Approaches 370\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4.2 Design Space Exploration for Control of Critical Quality Attributes of mAb 372\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4.3 Quantification of Protein Mixture in Chromatographic Separation Using Multiwavelength UV Spectra 372\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4.4 Characterization of Mammalian Cell Culture Raw Materials by Combining Spectroscopy and Chemometrics 374\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4.5 Effect of Amino Acid Supplementation on Titer and Glycosylation Distribution in Hybridoma Cell Cultures 375\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4.6 Metabolic Responses and Pathway Changes of Mammalian Cells Under Different Culture Conditions with Media Supplementations 377\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4.7 Estimation and Control of N-Linked Glycoform Profiles of Monoclonal Antibody with Extracellular Metabolites and Two-Step Intracellular Models 378\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4.8 Quantitative Intracellular Flux Modeling and Applications in Biotherapeutic Development and Production Using CHO Cell Cultures 381\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.5 Conclusion 383\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 383\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e16 Development and Qualification of a Cell Culture Scale-Down Model \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e391\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eSarwat Khattak and Valerie Pferdeort\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.1 Purpose of the Scale-Down Model 391\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.1.1 Development Challenges 391\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.2 Types of Scale-Down Models 392\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.2.1 Power\/Volume (\u003ci\u003eP\u003c\/i\u003e\/\u003ci\u003eV\u003c\/i\u003e) and Air velocity 392\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.2.2 Oxygen Transfer Coefficient (\u003ci\u003ek\u003c\/i\u003e\u003csub\u003eL\u003c\/sub\u003e\u003ci\u003ea\u003c\/i\u003e) 392\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.2.3 Gas Entrance Velocity (GEV) 393\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.2.4 Oxygen Transfer Rate (OTR) 393\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.2.5 Model Refinement Workflow 395\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.3 Evaluation of a Scale-Down Model 395\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.3.1 Univariate Analysis 395\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.3.2 Multivariate Analysis 396\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.3.2.1 Statistical Background 396\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.3.2.2 Qualification Data Set 396\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.3.2.3 Observation Level Analysis 397\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.3.2.4 Batch-Level Analysis 397\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.3.2.5 Scores Contribution Plots 398\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.3.3 Equivalence Testing 399\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.3.3.1 Statistical Background 399\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.3.3.2 Considerations for Evaluation and Test Data Sets 399\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.3.3.3 Types of Analysis Outcomes 400\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.4 Conclusions and Perspectives 401\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 402\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 407 \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743120109911,"sku":"9783527343348","price":999.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}]},{"product_id":"chemical-thermodynamics-for-process-simulation-9783527343256","title":"Chemical Thermodynamics for Process Simulation","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe only textbook that applies thermodynamics to real-world process engineering problems  \u003cbr\u003e  \u003cbr\u003e This must-read for advanced students and professionals alike is the first book to demonstrate how chemical thermodynamics work in the real world by applying them to actual engineering examples. It also discusses the advantages and disadvantages of the particular models and procedures, and explains the most important models that are applied in process industry. All the topics are illustrated with examples that are closely related to practical process simulation problems. At the end of each chapter, additional calculation examples are given to enable readers to extend their comprehension.  \u003cbr\u003e  \u003cbr\u003e Chemical Thermodynamics for Process Simulation instructs on the behavior of fluids for pure fluids, describing the main types of equations of state and their abilities. It discusses the various quantities of interest in process simulation, their correlation, and prediction in detail. Chapters look at the important terms for the description of the thermodynamics of mixtures; the most important models and routes for phase equilibrium calculation; models which are applicable to a wide variety of non-electrolyte systems; membrane processes; polymer thermodynamics; enthalpy of reaction; chemical equilibria, and more.  \u003cbr\u003e  \u003cbr\u003e -Explains thermodynamic fundamentals used in process simulation with solved examples \u003cbr\u003e -Includes new chapters about modern measurement techniques, retrograde condensation, and simultaneous description of chemical equilibrium \u003cbr\u003e -Comprises numerous solved examples, which simplify the understanding of the often complex calculation procedures, and discusses advantages and disadvantages of models and procedures \u003cbr\u003e -Includes estimation methods for thermophysical properties and phase equilibria thermodynamics of alternative separation processes \u003cbr\u003e -Supplemented with MathCAD-sheets and DDBST programs for readers to reproduce the examples \u003cbr\u003e  \u003cbr\u003e Chemical Thermodynamics for Process Simulation is an ideal resource for those working in the fields of process development, process synthesis, or process optimization, and an excellent book for students in the engineering sciences. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003ePreface xiii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePreface to the Second Edition xvii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eList of Symbols xix\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAbout the Authors xxix\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 Introduction \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 \u003ci\u003ePvT\u003c\/i\u003e Behavior of Pure Components \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e5\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 General Description 5\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 Caloric Properties 10\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 Ideal Gases 14\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4 Real Fluids 16\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.1 Auxiliary Functions 16\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.2 Residual Functions 17\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.3 Fugacity and Fugacity Coefficient 19\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.4 Phase Equilibria 22\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5 Equations of State 25\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.1 Virial Equation 26\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.2 High-Precision Equations of State 30\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.3 Cubic Equations of State 37\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.4 Generalized Equations of State and Corresponding-States Principle 42\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.5 Advanced Cubic Equations of State 49\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 60\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 Correlation and Estimation of Pure Component Properties \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e63\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Introduction 63\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Characteristic Physical Property Constants 63\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.1 Critical Data 64\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.2 Acentric Factor 69\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.3 Normal Boiling Point 69\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.4 Melting Point and Enthalpy of Fusion 72\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.5 Standard Enthalpy and Standard Gibbs Energy of Formation 74\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Temperature-Dependent Properties 77\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.1 Vapor Pressure 78\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.2 Liquid Density 90\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.3 Enthalpy of Vaporization 94\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.4 Ideal Gas Heat Capacity 98\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.5 Liquid Heat Capacity 105\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.6 Speed of Sound 109\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 Correlation and Estimation of Transport Properties 110\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.1 Liquid Viscosity 110\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.2 Vapor Viscosity 115\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.3 Liquid Thermal Conductivity 120\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.4 Vapor Thermal Conductivity 125\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.5 Surface Tension 128\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.6 Diffusion Coefficients 131\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 135\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 138\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Properties of Mixtures \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e143\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Introduction 143\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 Property Changes of Mixing 144\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 Partial Molar Properties 145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 Gibbs–Duhem Equation 148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5 Ideal Mixture of Ideal Gases 150\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6 Ideal Mixture of Real Fluids 152\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.7 Excess Properties 153\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.8 Fugacity in Mixtures 154\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.8.1 Fugacity of an Ideal Mixture 155\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.8.2 Phase Equilibrium 155\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.9 Activity and Activity Coefficient 156\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.10 Application of Equations of State to Mixtures 157\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.10.1 Virial Equation 158\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.10.2 Cubic Equations of State 159\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 169\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 170\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Phase Equilibria in Fluid Systems \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e173\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Introduction 173\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Thermodynamic Fundamentals 185\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Application of Activity Coefficients 192\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 Calculation of Vapor–Liquid Equilibria Using \u003ci\u003eg\u003c\/i\u003e\u003csup\u003eE \u003c\/sup\u003eModels 195\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5 Fitting of \u003ci\u003eg\u003c\/i\u003e\u003csup\u003eE\u003c\/sup\u003e Model Parameters 212\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.1 Check of VLE Data for Thermodynamic Consistency 218\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.2 Recommended \u003ci\u003eg\u003c\/i\u003e\u003csup\u003eE \u003c\/sup\u003eModel Parameters 227\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6 Calculation of Vapor–Liquid Equilibria Using Equations of State 229\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6.1 Fitting of Binary Parameters of Cubic Equations of State 235\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7 Conditions for the Occurrence of Azeotropic Behavior 243\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.8 Solubility of Gases in Liquids 252\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.8.1 Calculation of Gas Solubilities Using Henry Constants 254\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.8.2 Calculation of Gas Solubilities Using Equations of State 262\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.8.3 Prediction of Gas Solubilities 263\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.9 Liquid–Liquid Equilibria 266\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.9.1 Temperature Dependence of Ternary LLE 277\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.9.2 Pressure Dependence of LLE 279\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.10 Predictive Models 280\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.10.1 Regular Solution Theory 281\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.10.2 Group Contribution Methods 282\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.10.3 UNIFAC Method 284\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.10.3.1 Modified UNIFAC (Dortmund) 291\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.10.3.2 Weaknesses of the Group Contribution Methods UNIFAC and Modified UNIFAC 295\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.10.4 Predictive Soave–Redlich–Kwong (PSRK) Equation of State 302\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.10.5 VTPR Group Contribution Equation of State 306\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 315\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 319\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 Caloric Properties \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e323\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Caloric Equations of State 323\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.1 Internal Energy and Enthalpy 323\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.2 Entropy 326\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.3 Helmholtz Energy and Gibbs Energy 327\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 Enthalpy Description in Process Simulation Programs 329\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.1 Route A: Vapor as Starting Phase 330\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.2 Route B: Liquid as Starting Phase 334\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.3 Route C: Equation of State 335\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 Caloric Properties in Chemical Reactions 343\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 349\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 350\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 Electrolyte Solutions \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e351\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 Introduction 351\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 Thermodynamics of Electrolyte Solutions 355\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 Activity Coefficient Models for Electrolyte Solutions 360\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.1 Debye–Hückel Limiting Law 360\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.2 Bromley Extension 361\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.3 Pitzer Model 361\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.4 NRTL Electrolyte Model by Chen 364\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.5 LIQUAC Model 372\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.6 MSA Model 380\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4 Dissociation Equilibria 381\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5 Influence of Salts on the Vapor–Liquid Equilibrium Behavior 383\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6 Complex Electrolyte Systems 385\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 386\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 386\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 Solid–Liquid Equilibria \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e389\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 Introduction 389\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 Thermodynamic Relations for the Calculation of Solid–Liquid Equilibria 392\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.1 Solid–Liquid Equilibria of Simple Eutectic Systems 394\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.1.1 Freezing Point Depression 401\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.2 Solid–Liquid Equilibria of Systems with Solid Solutions 402\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.2.1 Ideal Systems 402\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.2.2 Solid–Liquid Equilibria for Nonideal Systems 403\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.3 Solid–Liquid Equilibria with Intermolecular Compound Formation in the Solid State 406\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.4 Pressure Dependence of Solid–Liquid Equilibria 409\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3 Salt Solubility 409\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4 Solubility of Solids in Supercritical Fluids 414\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 416\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 419\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e9 Membrane Processes \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e421\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1 Osmosis 421\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2 Pervaporation 424\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 425\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 426\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e10 Polymer Thermodynamics \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e427\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1 Introduction 427\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2 \u003ci\u003eg\u003c\/i\u003e\u003csup\u003eE\u003c\/sup\u003e Models 433\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3 Equations of State 444\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4 Influence of Polydispersity 460\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5 Influence of Polymer Structure 464\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 465\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 467\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e11 Applications of Thermodynamics in Separation Technology \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e469\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1 Introduction 469\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2 Verification of Model Parameters Prior to Process Simulation 474\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.1 Verification of Pure Component Parameters 474\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.2 Verification of \u003ci\u003eg\u003c\/i\u003e\u003csup\u003eE \u003c\/sup\u003eModel Parameters 475\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3 Investigation of Azeotropic Points in Multicomponent Systems 483\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4 Residue Curves, Distillation Boundaries, and Distillation Regions 484\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5 Selection of Entrainers for Azeotropic and Extractive Distillation 491\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.6 Selection of Solvents for Other Separation Processes 499\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.7 Selection of Solvent-Based Separation Processes 499\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 503\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 504\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e12 Enthalpy of Reaction and Chemical Equilibria \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e505\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.1 Introduction 505\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2 Enthalpy of Reaction 506\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.1 Temperature Dependence 507\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.2 Consideration of the Real Gas Behavior on the Enthalpy of Reaction 509\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3 Chemical Equilibrium 511\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4 Multiple Chemical Reaction Equilibria 530\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4.1 Relaxation Method 531\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4.2 Gibbs Energy Minimization 535\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 544\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 547\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e13 Examples for Complex Systems \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e549\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.1 Introduction 549\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2 Formaldehyde Solutions 549\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3 Vapor Phase Association 555\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 568\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 570\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e14 Practical Applications \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e573\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.1 Introduction 573\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.2 Flash 573\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.3 Joule–Thomson Effect 575\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.4 Adiabatic Compression and Expansion 577\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5 Pressure Relief 581\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.6 Limitations of Equilibrium Thermodynamics 586\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 589\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 591\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e15 Experimental Determination of Pure Component and Mixture Properties \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e593\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.1 Introduction 593\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.2 Pure Component Vapor Pressure and Boiling Temperature 594\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.3 Enthalpy of Vaporization 598\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4 Critical Data 599\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.5 Vapor–Liquid Equilibria 599\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.5.1 Dynamic VLE Stills 601\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.5.2 Static Techniques 604\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.5.3 Degassing 611\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.5.4 Headspace Gas Chromatography (HSGC) 613\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.5.5 High-Pressure VLE 614\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.5.6 Inline True Component Analysis in Reactive Mixtures 616\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.6 Activity Coefficients at Infinite Dilution 617\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.6.1 Gas Chromatographic Retention Time Measurement 618\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.6.2 Inert Gas Stripping (Dilutor) 620\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.6.3 Limiting Activity Coefficients of High Boilers in Low Boilers 622\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.7 Liquid–Liquid Equilibria (LLE) 622\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.8 Gas Solubility 623\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.9 Excess Enthalpy 624\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 626\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 626\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e16 Introduction to the Collection of Example Problems \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e631\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.1 Introduction 631\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.2 Mathcad Examples 631\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.3 Examples Using the Dortmund Data Bank (DDB) and the Integrated Software Package DDBSP 633\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.4 Examples Using Microsoft Excel and Microsoft Office VBA 634\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eAppendix A Pure Component Parameters \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e635\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eAppendix B Coefficients for High-Precision Equations of State \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e663\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 668\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eAppendix C Useful Derivations \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e669\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA1 Relationship Between (𝜕s\/𝜕T)\u003csub\u003eP \u003c\/sub\u003eand (𝜕s\/𝜕T)\u003csub\u003ev\u003c\/sub\u003e 670\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA2 Expressions for (𝜕u\/𝜕v)\u003csub\u003eT\u003c\/sub\u003e and (𝜕s\/𝜕v)\u003csub\u003eT\u003c\/sub\u003e 670\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA3 c\u003csub\u003eP\u003c\/sub\u003e and c\u003csub\u003ev\u003c\/sub\u003e as Derivatives of the Specific Entropy 671\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA4 Relationship Between c\u003csub\u003eP\u003c\/sub\u003e and c\u003csub\u003ev\u003c\/sub\u003e 672\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA5 Expression for (𝜕h\/𝜕P)\u003csub\u003eT\u003c\/sub\u003e 673\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA6 Expression for (𝜕s\/𝜕P)\u003csub\u003eT\u003c\/sub\u003e 674\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA7 Expression for [𝜕(g\/RT)\/𝜕T]\u003csub\u003eP \u003c\/sub\u003eand van’t Hoff Equation 674\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA8 General Expression for c\u003csub\u003ev\u003c\/sub\u003e 675\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA9 Expression for (𝜕P\/𝜕v)\u003csub\u003eT\u003c\/sub\u003e 676\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA10 Cardano’s Formula 676\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eB1 Derivation of the Kelvin Equation 677\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eB2 Equivalence of Chemical Potential μ and Gibbs Energy g for a Pure Substance 678\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eB3 Phase Equilibrium Condition for a Pure Substance 679\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eB4 Relationship Between Partial Molar Property and State Variable (Euler Theorem) 681\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eB5 Chemical Potential in Mixtures 681\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eB6 Relationship Between Second Virial Coefficients of Leiden and Berlin Form 682\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eB7 Derivation of Expressions for the Speed of Sound for Ideal and Real Gases 683\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eB8 Activity of the Solvent in an Electrolyte Solution 685\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eB9 Temperature Dependence of the Azeotropic Composition 686\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eB10 Konovalov Equations 688\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eC1 (s–s\u003csup\u003eid\u003c\/sup\u003e)\u003csub\u003eT,P\u003c\/sub\u003e 691\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eC2 (h–h\u003csup\u003eid\u003c\/sup\u003e)\u003csub\u003eT,P\u003c\/sub\u003e 692\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eC3 (g–g\u003csup\u003eid\u003c\/sup\u003e)\u003csub\u003eT,P\u003c\/sub\u003e 692\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eC4 Relationship Between Excess Enthalpy and Activity Coefficient 692\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eD1 Fugacity Coefficient for a Pressure-Explicit Equation of State 692\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eD2 Fugacity Coefficient of the Virial Equation (Leiden Form) 694\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eD3 Fugacity Coefficient of the Virial Equation (Berlin Form) 695\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eD4 Fugacity Coefficient of the Soave–Redlich–Kwong Equation of State 696\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eD5 Fugacity Coefficient of the PSRK Equation of State 698\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eD6 Fugacity Coefficient of the VTPR Equation of State 702\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eE1 Derivation of the Wilson Equation 707\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eE2 Notation of the Wilson, NRTL, and UNIQUAC Equations in Process Simulation Programs 710\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eE3 Inability of the Wilson Equation to Describe a Miscibility Gap 711\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eF1 (h–h\u003csup\u003eid\u003c\/sup\u003e) for Soave–Redlich–Kwong Equation of State 713\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eF2 (s–s\u003csup\u003eid\u003c\/sup\u003e) for Soave–Redlich–Kwong Equation of State 715\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eF3 (g–g\u003csup\u003eid\u003c\/sup\u003e) for Soave–Redlich–Kwong Equation of State 715\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eF4 Antiderivatives of c\u003csup\u003eid\u003c\/sup\u003e\u003csub\u003e P\u003c\/sub\u003e Correlations 715\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eG1 Speed of Sound as Maximum Velocity in an Adiabatic Pipe with Constant Cross-Flow Area 717\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eG2 Maximum Mass Flux of an Ideal Gas 717\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 719\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eAppendix D Standard Thermodynamic Properties for Selected Electrolyte Compounds \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e721\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReference 722\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eAppendix E Regression Technique for Pure Component Data \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e723\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eAppendix F Regression Techniques for Binary Parameters \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e727\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 741\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eAppendix G Ideal Gas Heat Capacity Polynomial Coefficients for Selected Compounds \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e743\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReference 744\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eAppendix H UNIFAC Parameters \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e745\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther Reading 746\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eAppendix I Modified UNIFAC Parameters \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e747\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther Reading 751\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eAppendix J PSRK Parameters \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e753\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther Reading 755\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eAppendix K VTPR Parameters \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e757\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 759\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther Readings 760\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 761\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743120273751,"sku":"9783527343256","price":81.6,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}]},{"product_id":"chemical-technology-from-principles-to-products-9783527344215","title":"Chemical Technology: From Principles to Products","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA fully updated edition of a popular textbook covering the four disciplines of chemical technology?featuring new developments in the field  \u003cbr\u003e  \u003cbr\u003e Clear and thorough throughout, this textbook covers the major sub-disciplines of modern chemical technology?chemistry, thermal and mechanical unit operations, chemical reaction engineering, and general chemical technology?alongside raw materials, energy sources and detailed descriptions of 24 important industrial processes and products. It brings information on energy and raw material consumption and production data of chemicals up to date and offers not just improved and extended chapters, but completely new ones as well. \u003cbr\u003e  \u003cbr\u003e This new edition of Chemical Technology: From Principles to Products features a new chapter illustrating the global economic map and its development from the 15th century until today, and another on energy consumption in human history. Chemical key technologies for a future sustainable energy system such as power-to-X and hydrogen storage are now also examined. Chapters on inorganic products, material reserves, and water consumption and resources have been extended, while another presents environmental aspects of plastic pollution and handling of plastic waste. The book also adds four important processes to its pages: production of titanium dioxide, silicon, production and chemical recycling of polytetrafluoroethylene, and fermentative synthesis of amino acids.  \u003cbr\u003e  \u003cbr\u003e -Provides comprehensive coverage of chemical technology?from the fundamentals to 24 of the most important processes \u003cbr\u003e -Intertwines the four disciplines of chemical technology: chemistry, thermal and mechanical unit operations, chemical reaction engineering and general chemical technology \u003cbr\u003e -Fully updated with new content on: power-to-X and hydrogen storage; inorganic products, including metals, glass, and ceramics; water consumption and pollution; and additional industrial processes \u003cbr\u003e -Written by authors with extensive experience in teaching the topic and helping students understand the complex concepts \u003cbr\u003e  \u003cbr\u003e Chemical Technology: From Principles to Products, Second Edition is an ideal textbook for advanced students of chemical technology and will appeal to anyone in chemical engineering. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003ePreface of First Edition (and Guidelines How to Use This Textbook) xvii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhy a Second Edition? xviii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNotation xxi\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 Introduction 1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 What is Chemical Technology? 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 The Chemical Industry 2\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3 The Changing Global Economic Map 6\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 Chemical Aspects of Industrial Chemistry 19\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Stability and Reactivity of Chemical Bonds 19\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.1 Factors that Influence the Electronic Nature of Bonds and Atoms 19\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.2 Steric Effects 20\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.3 Classification of Reagents 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 General Classification of Reactions 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.1 Acid–Base-Catalyzed Reactions 22\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.2 Reactions via Free Radicals 23\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.3 Nucleophilic Substitution Reactions 24\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.4 Reactions via Carbocations 24\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.5 Electrophilic Substitution Reactions at Aromatic Compounds 25\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.6 Electrophilic Addition Reactions 27\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.7 Nucleophilic Addition Reactions 27\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.8 Asymmetric Synthesis 28\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 Catalysis 30\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.1 Introduction and General Aspects 30\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.2 Homogeneous, Heterogeneous, and Biocatalysis 35\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.3 Production and Characterization of Heterogeneous Catalysts 38\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.4 Deactivation of Catalysts 41\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.5 Future Trends in Catalysis Research 43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 Thermal and Mechanical Unit Operations 45\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Properties of Gases and Liquids 46\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.1 Ideal and Real Gas 46\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.2 Heat Capacities and the Joule–Thomson Effect 50\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.3 Physical Transformations of Pure Substances: Vaporization and Melting 53\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.4 Transport Properties (Diffusivity, Viscosity, Heat Conduction) 58\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Heat and Mass Transfer in Chemical Engineering 69\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.1 Heat Transport 69\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.2 Mass Transport 86\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Thermal Unit Operations 93\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.1 Heat Exchangers (Recuperators and Regenerators) 94\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.2 Distillation 99\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.3 Absorption (Gas Scrubbing) 110\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.4 Liquid–Liquid Extraction 118\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.5 Adsorption 122\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.6 Fluid–Solid Extraction 136\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.7 Crystallization 139\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.8 Separation by Membranes 141\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 Mechanical Unit Operations 149\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.1 Conveyance of Fluids 149\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.2 Contacting and Mixing of Fluids 159\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.3 Crushing and Screening of Solids 160\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.4 Separation of Solids from Fluids 164\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Chemical Reaction Engineering 171\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Main Aspects and Basic Definitions of Chemical Reaction Engineering 171\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.1 Design Aspects and Scale-up Dimensions of Chemical Reactors 172\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.2 Speed of Chemical and Biochemical Reactions 172\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.3 Influence of Reactor Type on Productivity 174\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.4 Terms Used to Characterize the Composition of a Reaction Mixture 174\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.5 Terms Used to Quantify the Result of a Chemical Conversion 175\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.6 Reaction Time and Residence Time 175\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.7 Space Velocity and Space–Time Yield 176\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 Chemical Thermodynamics 177\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1 Introduction and Perfect Gas Equilibria 177\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.2 Real Gas Equilibria 184\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.3 Equilibrium of Liquid–Liquid Reactions 186\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.4 Equilibrium of Gas–Solid Reactions 188\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.5 Calculation of Simultaneous Equilibria 190\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 Kinetics of Homogeneous Reactions 192\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.1 Rate Equation: Influence of Temperature and Reaction Order 192\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.2 Parallel Reactions and Reactions in Series 197\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.3 Reversible Reactions 200\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.4 Reactions with Varying Volume (for the Example of a Batch Reactor) 203\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 Kinetics of Fluid–Fluid Reactions 204\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.1 Mass Transfer at a Gas–Liquid Interface (Two-Film Theory) 205\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.2 Mass Transfer with (Slow) Homogeneous Reaction in the Bulk Phase 207\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.3 Mass Transfer with Fast or Instantaneous Reaction near or at the Interface 208\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5 Kinetics of Heterogeneously Catalyzed Reactions 213\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.1 Spectrum of Factors Influencing the Rate of Heterogeneously Catalyzed Reactions 213\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.2 Chemical Reaction Rate: Surface Kinetics 217\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.3 Reaction on a Solid Catalyst and Interfacial Transport of Mass and Heat 222\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.4 Chemical Reaction and Internal Transport of Mass and Heat 232\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.5 Simultaneous Occurrence of Interfacial and InternalMass Transport Effects 240\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.6 Influence of External and Internal Mass Transfer on Selectivity 245\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6 Kinetics of Gas–Solid Reactions 253\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6.1 Spectrum of Factors Influencing the Rate of Gas–Solid Reactions 254\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6.2 Reaction of a Gas with a Nonporous Solid 255\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6.3 Reaction of a Gas with a Porous Solid 260\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.7 Criteria Used to Exclude Interphase and Intraparticle Mass and Heat Transport Limitations in Gas–Solid Reactions and Heterogeneously Catalyzed Reactions 265\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.7.1 External Mass Transfer Through Boundary Layer 265\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.7.2 External Heat Transfer 266\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.7.3 Internal Mass Transfer 266\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.7.4 Internal Heat Transfer 266\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.8 Kinetics of Homogeneously or Enzyme-catalyzed Reactions 269\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.8.1 Homogeneous and Enzyme Catalysis in a Single-Phase System 269\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.8.2 Homogeneous Two-Phase Catalysis 271\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.9 Kinetics of Gas–Liquid Reactions on Solid Catalysts 273\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.9.1 Introduction 273\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.9.2 High Concentration of Liquid Reactant B (or Pure B) and Slightly Soluble Gas 275\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.9.3 Low Concentration of Liquid Reactant B and Highly Soluble Gas and\/or High Pressure 275\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.10 Chemical Reactors 276\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.10.1 Overview of Reactor Types and Their Characteristics 277\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.10.2 Ideal Isothermal Reactors 284\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.10.3 Non-isothermal Ideal Reactors and Criteria for Prevention of Thermal Runaway 294\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.10.4 Non-ideal Flow and Residence Time Distribution 310\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.10.5 Tanks-in-Series Model 313\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.10.6 Dispersion Model 315\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.10.7 Modeling of Fixed Bed Reactors 325\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.10.8 Novel Developments in Reactor Technology 336\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.11 Measurement and Evaluation of Kinetic Data 344\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.11.1 Principal Methods for Determining Kinetic Data 345\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.11.2 Evaluation of Kinetic Data (Reaction Orders, Rate Constants) 347\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.11.3 Laboratory-Scale Reactors for Kinetic Measurements 350\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.11.4 Transport Limitations in Experimental Catalytic Reactors 351\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.11.5 Case Studies for the Evaluation of Kinetic Data 356\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Raw Materials, Products, Environmental Aspects, and Costs of Chemical Technology 371\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Raw Materials of Industrial Organic Chemistry and Energy Sources 372\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.1 Energy Consumption, Reserves, and Resources of Fossil Fuels and Renewables 373\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.2 Composition of Fossil Fuels and Routes for the Production of Synthetic Fuels 403\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.3 Natural Gas and Other Technical Gases 403\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.4 Crude Oil and Refinery Products 410\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.5 Coal and Coal Products 418\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.6 Renewable Raw Materials 422\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.7 Energy Consumption in Human History 429\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.8 Power-to-X and Hydrogen Storage Technologies 434\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Inorganic Products and Raw Materials 448\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.1 Nonmetallic Inorganic Materials 448\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.2 Metals 453\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Organic Intermediates and Final Products 469\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.1 Alkanes and Syngas 469\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.2 Alkenes, Alkynes, and Aromatic Hydrocarbons 472\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.3 Organic Intermediates Functionalized with Oxygen, Nitrogen, or Halogens 479\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.4 Polymers 495\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.5 Detergents and Surfactants 503\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.6 Fine Chemicals 507\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 Environmental Aspects of Chemical Technology 512\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.1 Air Pollution 512\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.2 Water Consumption and Water Footprint 515\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.3 Plastic Production, Pollution, and Recycling of Plastic Waste 523\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.4 “Green Chemistry” and Quantifying the Environmental Impact of Chemical Processes 527\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5 Production Costs of Fuels and Chemicals Manufacturing 530\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.1 Price of Chemical Products 530\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.2 Investment Costs 530\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.3 Variable Costs 532\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.4 Operating Costs (Fixed and Variable Costs) 533\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 Examples of Industrial Processes 537\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Ammonia Synthesis 537\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.1 Historical Development of Haber–Bosch Process 537\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.2 Thermodynamics of Ammonia Synthesis 539\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.3 Kinetics and Mechanism of Ammonia Synthesis 540\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.4 Technical Ammonia Process and Synthesis Reactors 542\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 Syngas and Hydrogen 547\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.1 Options to Produce Syngas and Hydrogen (Overview) 547\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.2 Syngas from Solid Fuels (Coal, Biomass) 551\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.3 Syngas by Partial Oxidation of Heavy Oils 560\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.4 Syngas by Steam Reforming of Natural Gas 562\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 Sulfuric Acid 565\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.1 Reactions and Thermodynamics of Sulfuric Acid Production 565\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.2 Production of SO2 566\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.3 SO2 Conversion into SO3 567\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.4 Sulfuric Acid Process 572\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 Nitric Acid 573\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.1 Reactions and Thermodynamics of Nitric Acid Production 574\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.2 Kinetics of Catalytic Oxidation of Ammonia 576\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.3 NO Oxidation 587\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.4 Nitric Acid Processes 588\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5 Coke and Steel 591\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5.1 Steel Production (Overview) 591\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5.2 Production of Blast Furnace Coke 593\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5.3 Production of Pig Iron in a Blast Furnace 599\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6 Basic Chemicals by Steam Cracking 609\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6.1 General and Mechanistic Aspects 609\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6.2 Factors that Influence the Product Distribution 612\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6.3 Industrial Steam Cracker Process 613\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6.4 Economic Aspects of the Steam Cracker Process 617\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.7 Liquid Fuels by Cracking of Heavy Oils 618\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.7.1 Thermal Cracking (Delayed Coking) 619\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.7.2 Fluid Catalytic Cracking (FCC Process) 622\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.8 Clean Liquid Fuels by Hydrotreating 625\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.8.1 History, Current Status, and Perspective of Hydrotreating 625\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.8.2 Thermodynamics and Kinetics of Hydrodesulfurization (HDS) 626\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.8.3 Hydrodesulfurization Process and Reaction Engineering Aspects 629\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.9 High-Octane Gasoline by Catalytic Reforming 633\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.9.1 Reactions and Thermodynamics of Catalytic Reforming 633\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.9.2 Reforming Catalyst 635\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.9.3 Process of Catalytic Reforming 635\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.9.4 Deactivation and Regeneration of a Reforming Catalyst 638\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.10 Refinery Alkylation 649\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.10.1 Reaction and Reaction Mechanism of Refinery Alkylation 649\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.10.2 Alkylation Feedstock and Products 651\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.10.3 Process Variables 651\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.10.4 Commercial Alkylation Processes 652\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.11 Fuels and Chemicals from Syngas: Methanol and Fischer–Tropsch Synthesis 657\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.11.1 Fischer–Tropsch Synthesis 658\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.11.2 Methanol Synthesis 676\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.12 Ethylene and Propylene Oxide 685\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.12.1 Commercial Production of Ethylene Oxide 685\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.12.2 Commercial Production of Propylene Oxide 689\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.13 Catalytic Oxidation of \u003ci\u003eo\u003c\/i\u003e-Xylene to Phthalic Acid Anhydride 694\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.13.1 Production and Use of Phthalic Anhydride (Overview) 694\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.13.2 Design and Simulation of a Multi-tubular Reactor for Oxidation of \u003ci\u003eo\u003c\/i\u003e-Xylene to PA 695\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.14 Hydroformylation (Oxosynthesis) 701\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.14.1 Industrial Relevance of Hydroformylation 701\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.14.2 Hydroformylation Catalysis 703\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.14.3 Current Hydroformylation Catalyst and Process Technologies 706\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.14.4 Advanced Catalyst Immobilization Technologies for Hydroformylation Catalysis 714\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.15 Acetic Acid 721\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.15.1 Acetic Acid Synthesis via Acetaldehyde Oxidation 722\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.15.2 Acetic Acid Synthesis via Butane or Naphtha Oxidation 723\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.15.3 Acetic Acid Synthesis via Methanol Carbonylation 724\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.15.4 Other Technologies for the Commercial Production of Acetic Acid 728\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.16 Ethylene Oligomerization Processes for Linear 1-Alkene Production 729\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.16.1 Industrial Relevance of 1-Olefins 729\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.16.2 Aluminum-Alkyl-Based “\u003ci\u003eAufbaureaktion\u003c\/i\u003e” (Growth Reaction) 730\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.16.3 Nickel-Catalyzed Oligomerization: Shell Higher Olefin Process (SHOP) 733\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.16.4 Metallacycle Mechanism for Selective Ethylene Oligomerization 735\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.17 Production of Fine Chemicals (ExampleMenthol) 740\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.17.1 Menthol and Menthol Production (Overview) 740\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.17.2 Thermodynamics and Kinetics of Epimerization of Menthol Isomers 741\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.17.3 Influence of Mass Transfer on the Epimerization of Menthol Isomers 744\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.17.4 Epimerization of Menthol Isomers in Technical Reactors 748\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.18 Treatment of Exhaust Gases from Mobile and Stationary Sources 750\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.18.1 Automotive Emission Control 750\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.18.2 Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) of NO\u003ci\u003e\u003csub\u003ex\u003c\/sub\u003e \u003c\/i\u003efrom Flue Gas from Power Plants 756\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.19 Industrial Electrolysis 763\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.19.1 Electrochemical Kinetics and Thermodynamics 763\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.19.2 Chlorine and Sodium Hydroxide 768\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.19.3 Electrolysis of Water 773\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.19.4 Electrometallurgy (Purification of Metals by Electrorefining) 778\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.20 Polyethene Production 782\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.20.1 Polyethene Classification and Industrial Use 782\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.20.2 General Characteristics of PE Production Processes 783\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.20.3 Reaction Mechanism and Process Equipment for the Production of LDPE 784\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.20.4 Catalysts for the Production of HDPE and LLDPE 787\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.20.5 Production Processes for HDPE and LLDPE 789\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.20.6 PE Production Economics and Modern Developments in PE Production 792\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.21 Titanium Dioxide 793\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.21.1 Production and Use of Titanium Dioxide (Overview) 793\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.21.2 Sulfate Process for Production of Titanium Dioxide 793\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.21.3 Chloride Process for Production of Titanium Dioxide 795\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.22 Silicon 796\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.22.1 Production and Use of Silicon (Overview) 796\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.22.2 Carbothermic Reduction of Silica 797\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.22.3 Refining, Casting, and Crushing of Metallurgical Grade Silicon 798\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.22.4 Economics of the Metallurgical Grade Silicon Production 798\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.22.5 Production of Photovoltaic Grade Silicon by Purification of Metallurgical Grade Silicon 798\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.23 Polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) 801\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.23.1 Production and Use of PTFE (Overview) 801\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.23.2 Process for Production of PTFE 802\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.23.3 Treatment of PTFE Waste 802\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.24 Production of Amino Acids by Fermentation 807\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.24.1 General Aspects 807\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.24.2 Overview of the Methods Applied for Industrial Amino Acid Production 807\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.24.3 Amino Acid Fermentation 810\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 815\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 841\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743120765271,"sku":"9783527344215","price":999.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}]},{"product_id":"wet-cake-filtration-fundamentals-equipment-and-strategies-9783527346066","title":"Wet Cake Filtration: Fundamentals, Equipment, and","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGuides readers through the entire process of liquid filtrations, from a basic understanding and lab scale testing to advanced process applications and up-scaling of processes \u003cbr\u003e  \u003cbr\u003e Wet Cake Filtration is a key method in solid-liquid separation and plays an important role in many industrial processes from the separation of solid products from a liquid, to removing contaminants in wastewater treatment. Furthermore, separation processes are rarely isolated and the integration as well as necessary pre-treatments in the process chain must be carefully considered and implemented. Supported by more than 40 years of research, development, and teaching, this book provides a comprehensive treatment of all relevant aspects in wet cake filtration as a key method in solid-liquid-separation.  \u003cbr\u003e  \u003cbr\u003e The first part of Wet Cake Filtration: Fundamentals, Equipment, Strategies discusses general principles and applications of wet cake filtration, determination of proper feed streams, and filter cake formation. The next chapters deal with variations of pre-treatment and process conditions, including necessary aspects of lab scale tests, up-scaling, and filter design. This is further strengthened with chapters examining particle purification, yield maximization, and cake deliquoring. Lastly, the filter media is discussed as the central piece of wet cake filtration. Beside the different possibilities of available filter media structures and process relevant aspects of filter media selection, the reliable characterization of pore sizes by porometry and innovative additional functionalities are introduced. \u003cbr\u003e  \u003cbr\u003e -Provides information on wet cake filtration?the necessary pre-treatments and process considerations?to guide the reader to develop or improve their own processes \u003cbr\u003e -Offers the necessary tools that allow the engineer to transform a lab scale test into a scaled-up process \u003cbr\u003e -Presents cake filtration process-related topics like slurry characterization or slurry pretreatment, and special developments such as hyperbaric filtration or steam pressure filtration \u003cbr\u003e -Discusses promising new processes like gasless cake desaturation and shrinkage crack free cake desaturation \u003cbr\u003e  \u003cbr\u003e Wet Cake Filtration is a must-have resource for every engineer working with wet cake filtration, including water chemists, catalytic chemists, food chemists, chemical engineers, biotechnologists, and process engineers. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003ePreface ix\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 Introduction and Overview 1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 General Aspects of Solid–Liquid Separation in General and Cake Filtration in Detail 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 11\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 Slurry Characterization 13\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Introduction 13\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 Liquid Properties 14\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 Particle Properties 14\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.1 General Aspects 14\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.2 Characterization of Single Particles 16\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.3 Characterization of Particle Collectives 20\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.4 Characterization of Particle Collective Fractionation 24\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4 Slurry 32\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.1 Solid Concentration 32\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.2 Stability 33\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5 Sampling 35\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 38\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 Cake Structure Characterization 41\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Introduction 41\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Porosity 42\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Particle Arrangement 49\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 Pore Size 52\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 54\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Characterization of Liquid Flow Through Porous Particle Layers 57\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Introduction 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 Dimension Analytic Approach for the Flow Through Porous Particle Layers 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 Empirical Approach for the Flow Through Porous Particle Layers 61\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 63\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Slurry Pretreatment to Enhance Cake Filtration Conditions 65\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Introduction 65\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Thickening 66\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Agglomeration 70\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 Fractionation\/Classification\/Sorting 75\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5 Filter Aids – Body Feed Filtration 80\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6 Thermal Conditioning 83\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7 Chemical Conditioning 83\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 84\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 Filter Cake Formation 87\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Introduction 87\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 Filtration Mechanisms During the Initial Phase of Cake Filtration 88\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 Formation of Incompressible Filter Cakes by Pressure Filtration 94\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.1 Principle Model of Time-Dependent Filter Cake Growth 94\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.2 Experimental Determination of Process Characterizing Parameters 98\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.3 Throughput of Discontinuous Cake Filters 104\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.4 Throughput of Continuous Vacuum and Pressure Filters 108\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.5 Aspects of Filter Design and Operation Regarding Cake Formation and Throughput 113\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 Formation of Compressible Filter Cakes by Pressure Filtration 123\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.1 Fundamental Considerations Regarding Compressible Cake Filtration 123\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.2 Experimental Determination of Process Characterizing Parameters 130\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.3 Optimization of Compressible Cake Filtration 133\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.4 Aspects of Filter Design and Operation Regarding Cake Formation and Throughput 136\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5 Formation of Filter Cakes in Centrifuges 146\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5.1 Fundamental Considerations Regarding Cake Filtration in Centrifuges 146\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5.2 Aspects of Centrifuge Design and Operation Regarding Cake Formation and Throughput 152\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 169\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 Particle Washing 175\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 Introduction 175\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 Principles of Particle Washing 176\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 Limits of Particle Washing Processes 178\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4 Characterization of Particle Washing Results 180\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5 Dilution Washing 182\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6 Permeation Washing 186\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 201\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 Filter Cake Deliquoring 203\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 Introduction 203\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 Characterization of Deliquoring Results 206\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3 Desaturation of Filter Cakes 208\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.1 Boundary Surface and Surface Tension 208\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.2 Three-Phase Contact Line, Contact Angle, and Wetting 215\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.3 Capillary Pressure and Capillary Pressure Distribution 222\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.4 Desaturation of Incompressible Filter Cakes by Gas Pressure Difference 231\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.4.1 Equilibrium of Cake Desaturation with a Gas Pressure Difference 231\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.4.2 Kinetics of Filter Cake Desaturation with Gas Pressure Difference 234\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.4.3 Kinetics of Gas Flow through Filter Cakes and Energetic Considerations 240\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.4.4 Measurement of Cake Desaturation Equilibrium and Kinetics 246\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.4.5 Transfer of Desaturation Results from Bench Scale to Rotary Filters 248\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.4.6 Interrelation of Throughput, Cake Moisture, and Gas Consumption for Rotary Filters 251\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.5 Desaturation of Incompressible Filter Cakes by Steam Pressure Difference 257\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.6 Desaturation of Incompressible Filter Cakes in the Centrifugal Field 261\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.6.1 Equilibrium of Filter Cake Desaturation in the Centrifugal Field 261\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.6.2 Kinetics of Filter Cake Desaturation in the Centrifugal Field 267\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.6.3 Aspects of Centrifuge Design and Operation Regarding Cake Deliquoring 268\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4 Consolidation of Compressible Filter Cakes by Squeezing 271\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.1 Fundamental Considerations Regarding the Consolidation Process 271\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.2 Aspects of Filter Design and Operation Regarding Cake Consolidation 274\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5 Consolidation\/Desaturation of Compressible Filter Cakes by Gas Differential Pressure 278\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.1 Equilibrium of Filter Cake Consolidation\/Desaturation 278\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.2 Cake Shrinkage and Shrinkage Cracking 285\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.3 Prevention of Shrinkage Cracks by Squeezing and Oscillatory Shear 288\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6 Electrically Enhanced Press Filtration 292\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 293\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e9 Selected Aspects of Filter Media for Cake Filtration 299\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1 Introduction and Overview 299\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2 Woven Filter Media for Cake Filtration 304\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3 Porometry – Using Capillarity to Analyze Pore Sizes of Filter Media 310\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.1 Introduction 310\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.2 Methods of Pore Size Determination 312\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.3 Theoretical Approach to Correlate Bubble Point and Largest Penetrating Sphere 315\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.4 Experimental Validation of the Theoretical Findings 318\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4 Semipermeable Filter Media – Gas Pressure Filtration Without Gas Flow 321\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.1 Introduction 321\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.2 Concept of Gasless Filtration on Vacuum Drum Filters and Physical Background 322\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.3 Realization of the Process in Lab and Pilot Scale 325\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 330\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNomenclature 333\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 341\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743121879383,"sku":"9783527346066","price":999.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}]},{"product_id":"solid-state-development-and-processing-of-pharmaceutical-molecules-salts-cocrystals-and-polymorphism-9783527346356","title":"Solid State Development and Processing of","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eSolid State Development and Processing of Pharmaceutical Molecules\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eA guide to the lastest industry principles for optimizing the production of solid state active pharmaceutical ingredients\u003c\/b\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eSolid State Development and Processing of Pharmaceutical Molecules\u003c\/i\u003e is an authoritative guide that covers the entire pharmaceutical value chain. The authors—noted experts on the topic—examine the importance of the solid state form of chemical and biological drugs and review the development, production, quality control, formulation, and stability of medicines.  \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe book explores the most recent trends in the digitization and automation of the pharmaceutical production processes that reflect the need for consistent high quality. It also includes information on relevant regulatory and intellectual property considerations. This resource is aimed at professionals in the pharmaceutical industry and offers an in-depth examination of the commercially relevant issues facing developers, producers and distributors of drug substances. This important book:  \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProvides a guide for the effective development of solid drug forms \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompares different characterization methods for solid state APIs \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOffers a resource for understanding efficient production methods for solid state forms of chemical and biological drugs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes information on automation, process control, and machine learning as an integral part of the development and production workflows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCovers in detail the regulatory and quality control aspects of drug development\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp\u003eWritten for medicinal chemists, pharmaceutical industry professionals, pharma engineers, solid state chemists, chemical engineers,\u003ci\u003e Solid State Development and Processing of Pharmaceutical Molecules\u003c\/i\u003e reviews information on the solid state of active pharmaceutical ingredients for their efficient development and production.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eSeries Editors Preface xxi\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePreface xxiii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 Aspects for Developing and Processing Solid Forms \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e1\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eMichael Gruss\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 Aspects for Developing and Processing Solid Forms 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.1 Introduction 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.2 Education and Personal Background 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.3 Societal Impact – Fishing in ForeignWaters 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.3.1 Motivation 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.3.2 The Personal Dimension 5\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.3.3 Beyond the Impact on Individuals 6\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.3.4 Understanding the Market – Not an Easy Task 7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.3.5 Benefits of an Interdisciplinary Mindset 9\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.4 The Basis for Mutual Understanding 9\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.5 Crystallization is a Separation, Not a Separated Process 11\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.6 Some Early Information About Solid-state Properties 13\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.7 Digitalization (Not Only) in the Laboratory 13\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.7.1 Prerequisites – Technology and People 13\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.7.2 Connect Data and the Right Information from Synthesis and Analysis 15\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.7.3 Contributions and Choices 17\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.7.4 Application of Digitalization 18\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.7.5 Fully Digitalized Infrastructure 20\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.8 Basic Terms and Concepts in theWorld of Solid State 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.8.1 Crystalline and Amorphous 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.8.2 Crystallization and Precipitation 23\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.8.3 Understanding the Phase Diagram – Analytical Characterization of the Solid–Liquid and Solid–Solid Systems 23\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.8.4 Polymorphism 24\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.8.5 Multi-component Compounds – Salt, Cocrystal, Solvate, and Hydrate 25\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.8.6 Solvates, Hydrates, Non-solvated Forms, or Ansolvates 26\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.8.7 Dispersed Primary Particles, Aggregates, and Agglomerates 29\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.8.8 Particle Size and Particle Size Distribution (PSD) 29\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.9 Investigating and Understanding the Polymorphic Landscape 29\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.10 Performing the Crystallization 31\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.11 Objectives for the Optimization of Crystallization Processes and Solid-State Properties 32\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.12 Implementation of In Silico and Simulation Techniques 32\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.13 Saving the Investment – Addressing Intellectual Property Rights 35\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.14 Concluding Remarks 36\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eList of Abbreviations 37\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 38\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 Determination of Current Knowledge \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e45\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eAndriy Kuzmov and Ronak Savla\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Why is it Important to Search for Relevant Information Before Starting a Solid-State Project? 45\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 Where to Begin a Literature Search for a Solid-State Project? 47\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.1 Literature Search 48\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.1.1 Focusing Your Literature Search 49\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.2 Staying on Top of the Latest Publications 51\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 Patent Search 51\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.1 Types of Patent Reports 52\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.2 Understanding the Elements of Patents 53\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.3 Patent Classification 54\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.4 Patent Databases 56\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.4.1 Free Patent Databases 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4 Other Useful Resources for Solid-State Projects 61\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.1 Cambridge Structural Database 61\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.2 Crystallography Open Database 62\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eList of Abbreviations 62\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 63\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 Systematic Screening and Investigation of Solid-State Landscapes \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e67\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eUlrike Werthmann\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Introduction 67\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 General Aspects of Solid-State Investigations in Early Drug Discovery Phase 68\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Transition Phase from Late Stage Research to Early Stage Development 69\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 Solid-State Characteristics in Preclinical Formulations 70\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5 API-crystallization Strategy in Candidate Profiling Phase 73\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6 Selection Criteria of a Suitable Solid Form 77\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7 Knowledge Management 79\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.8 Control of Solid Form Properties in Development 79\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.9 Exploratory Crystallization Experiments 80\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eList of Abbreviations 87\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 88\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4.1 Solid-State Characterization Techniques: Microscopy \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e91\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eLuis Almeida e Sousa and Constança Cacela\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.1 Microscopy 91\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.1.1 Optical Microscopy 91\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.1.1.1 Bright-Field Microscopy 92\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.1.1.2 Dark-Field Microscopy 93\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.1.1.3 Polarized Light Microscopy 93\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.1.1.4 Other Optical Microscopy Variants 95\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.1.2 Electron Microscopy 96\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.1.2.1 Scanning Electron Microscopy 96\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.1.2.2 Transmission Electron Microscopy 100\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.1.3 Atomic Force Microscopy 101\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.1.4 Microscopy in Regulatory Documents 103\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eList of Abbreviations 103\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 104\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4.2 Standards and Trends in Analytical Characterization – X-ray Diffraction (XRD) \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e107\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eClemens Kühn\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1 X-ray Diffraction 107\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1.1 Introduction 107\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1.2 Measurement Principles 108\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1.2.1 The Crystal Lattice 108\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1.2.2 The Space Group Symmetry 108\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1.2.3 What Determines a Diffraction Peak 109\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1.2.4 X-ray Scattering Technics 110\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.2 Technics 110\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.2.1 Single Crystal X-ray Diffraction 110\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.2.2 Powder X-ray Diffraction 111\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.2.2.1 Alternative Methods for Structure Determination 111\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.3 Instrumentation 112\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.3.1 X-ray Sources 112\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.3.2 Diffractometer Geometries 113\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.3.2.1 Reflection Geometry 113\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.3.2.2 Transmission Geometry 114\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.3.2.3 Benchtop Diffractometers 115\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.3.3 Detectors 115\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.3.4 Peak Asymmetry 115\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.3.5 Reproducibility of Diffraction Patterns: The Texture Effect (Preferred Orientation) 116\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.3.6 Databases of Known Diffraction Patterns 118\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.4 Measurement 118\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.4.1 Instrument Calibration 118\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.4.2 Sample Preparation 119\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.5 Data Evaluation 119\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.5.1 Qualitative Phase Analysis 119\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.5.1.1 Phase Identification or Identity Check 120\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.5.1.2 Amorphous Content 121\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.5.2 Quantification 122\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.5.2.1 Based on Calibration Curve 123\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.5.2.2 Based on Internal Standard Addition 123\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.5.2.3 Based on Rietveld Refinement 123\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.5.3 Advanced Phase Analysis 124\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eList of Abbreviations 125\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 125\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther Reading 127\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4.3 Standards and Trends in Solid-State Characterization Techniques – Thermal Analysis \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e129\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eJuergen Thun and Nikolaus Martin\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.1 Introduction 129\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.2 Thermal Analysis in Drug Development 130\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.2.1 Solid form Landscape 130\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.2.2 Compatibility Studies 130\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.2.3 Other Applications 130\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.3 Methods 131\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.3.1 Differential Scanning Calorimetry 131\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.3.1.1 Techniques 131\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.3.1.2 Sample Preparation and Measuring Parameters 131\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.3.1.3 Evaluation 132\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.3.1.4 Special Applications 134\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.3.1.5 Detection Limits 134\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.3.2 Thermogravimetric Analysis 134\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.3.2.1 Technique 134\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.3.2.2 Sample Preparation and Measuring Parameters 135\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.3.2.3 Evaluation 135\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.3.2.4 Special Applications 136\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.4 Case Studies 136\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.4.1 Understanding Polymorphic Transitions 136\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.4.2 The Power of Ultra-fast Heating Rates 139\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.4.3 Understanding Amorphous Phases 141\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.4.4 Identification of Solvate Structures 142\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.5 Quality and Regulatory Aspects 144\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.6 Outlook 145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments 146\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eList of Abbreviations 146\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNotes 146\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 146\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4.4 Standards and Trends in Solid-State Characterization Techniques: Infrared (IR) Spectroscopy \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e151\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eDagmar Lischke\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.1 Infrared (IR) Spectroscopy 151\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.1.1 Introduction 151\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.1.2 IR Spectroscopy as Identity Method for Drug Substances 152\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.1.2.1 Transmission Mode 152\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.1.2.2 Attenuated Total Reflectance (ATR) 152\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.1.2.3 Sample preparation 153\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.1.2.4 Analysis and Reporting 153\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.1.2.5 Examples and Limitations 154\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.1.2.6 Method Validation of IR Spectroscopy Identification and Quantification Methods 155\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.1.3 Application of IR Microscopy-Imaging Methods in Drug Development 156\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.1.3.1 Spatial Resolution 156\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.1.3.2 Measurement Setups 157\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.1.3.3 Case Studies 158\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.1.4 Conclusion 162\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eList of Abbreviations 162\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 163\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4.5 Transmission Raman Spectroscopy – Implementation in Pharmaceutical Quality Control \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e165\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eMeike Römer\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.1 Raman Spectroscopy – From Research to Broad Applications in Industry 165\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.1.1 Objective 165\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.1.1.1 History 165\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.1.1.2 Introduction 165\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.1.1.3 The Raman Effect 166\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.2 Analytical use of Raman Spectroscopy for Pharmaceutical Purposes 167\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.2.1 Transmission Raman Spectroscopy (TRS) 167\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.2.1.1 Principles of Transmission Raman Spectroscopy 168\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.2.1.2 A Practical Guide to a Successful Business Case 171\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.3 Transmission Raman Spectroscopy – Another Practical Guide 173\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.3.1 Evaluation Phase 174\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.3.1.1 Prefeasibility Evaluation 174\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.3.1.2 Feasibility of a Product 176\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.3.2 Transmission Raman Method Development 177\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.3.2.1 Transmission Raman Spectroscopic Method Development 177\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.3.2.2 Risk Analysis 179\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.3.2.3 Transmission Raman Model Development, Calibration, and Validation 180\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.4 Regulatory Assessment and Guidelines 180\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eList of Abbreviations 181\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 182\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4.6 Solid-state Characterization Techniques: Particle Size \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e185\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eMaria Paisana and Constança Cacela\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6.1 Introduction 185\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6.2 Analytical Methodologies Used to Measure Particle Size 187\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6.2.1 Sedimentation 187\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6.2.2 Electrozone Sensing 187\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6.2.3 Sieving 188\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6.2.4 Microscopy 188\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6.2.5 Dynamic Light Scattering 188\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6.2.6 Laser Diffraction 189\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6.3 Method Development for Precise Particle-size Measurements by Laser Diffraction 189\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6.3.1 Instrumentation and Measurement 189\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6.3.2 Selection of an Appropriate Optical Model 190\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6.3.3 Sample Dispersion 191\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6.3.3.1 Wet Dispersion 192\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6.3.3.2 Dry Dispersion 194\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6.3.4 Sample Representativeness and Obscuration 195\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6.3.5 Readiness for Method Validation 196\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6.4 Unexpected Results and Troubleshooting in Laser Diffraction Measurement 197\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6.4.1 Inconsistent Disconnected Peaks 197\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6.4.2 Repeatable Artifact Peaks 199\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eList of Abbreviations 199\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 200\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4.7 Micro Computational Tomography \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e203\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eSusana Campos and Constança Cacela\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.7.1 Tomography Imaging Techniques 203\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.7.2 Micro X-ray Computed Tomography Scan 203\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.7.2.1 The Use of CT in the Pharmaceutical Industry 204\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.7.2.1.1 μCT Applied to Density Distribution and Porous Characterization 205\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.7.2.1.2 μCT Applied for Characterization of Structural Features: Size, Shape, and Dimensions and Interfaces 207\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.7.2.1.3 μCT Applied to Coating Characterization 207\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.7.2.1.4 μCT Applied to Performance Evaluation 209\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.7.2.1.5 Foreign Matter Detection by μCT 210\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eList of Abbreviations 211\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNotes 211\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 211\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4.8 In Situ Methods for Monitoring Solid-State Processes in Molecular Materials \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e215\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eAdam A. L. Michalchuk, Anke Kabelitz, and Franziska Emmerling\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.8.1 In Situ Methods for Monitoring Solid-State Processes in Molecular Materials 215\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.8.1.1 The Complexity of Solid Materials 215\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.8.1.2 Methods to Consider 216\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.8.1.3 Methods to Monitor Crystallization Kinetics from Solution 218\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.8.1.3.1 UV–Vis Spectroscopy 218\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.8.1.3.2 Infrared Spectroscopy 219\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.8.1.4 Monitoring Crystallization from Solution: Following Solid Product Formation 221\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.8.1.4.1 Light Scattering 221\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.8.1.5 Methods to Monitor Extrinsic Solid Properties 224\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.8.1.5.1 Acoustic Emission 224\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.8.1.5.2 Thermography 226\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.8.1.6 Methods to Monitor Intrinsic Solid Properties 228\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.8.1.6.1 X-ray Diffraction 228\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.8.1.6.2 Raman Spectroscopy 232\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.8.1.7 Benefits of Combining Methods for In Situ Monitoring 236\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.8.1.8 Summary 240\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eList of Abbreviations 242\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 243\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4.9 Application of Process Monitoring and Modeling \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e249\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eJochen Schoell and Roberto Irizarry\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.9.1 In-process Solid Form Monitoring Techniques 249\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.9.1.1 Direct Characterization Techniques 250\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.9.1.1.1 Raman Spectroscopy 250\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.9.1.1.2 Near Infrared Spectroscopy 252\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.9.1.2 Indirect Monitoring Tools 254\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.9.1.2.1 Focused Beam Reflectance Measurement (FBRM) 254\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.9.1.2.2 Monitoring Particle Shape Using In-process Microscopy 256\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.9.1.2.3 Monitoring Solute Concentration 256\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.9.1.3 Advantages and Challenges of In Situ Solid Form Monitoring Techniques 257\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.9.2 Quantification Methods and Application to Solid Form Transformation Modeling 258\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.9.2.1 Multivariate Data Analysis 259\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.9.2.2 Data-driven Model for CLD–PSD Prediction 260\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.9.2.3 Process Modeling of Polymorph Transformation Processes 262\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eList of Abbreviations 265\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 266\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4.10 Photon Density Wave (PDW) Spectroscopy for Nano- and Microparticle Sizing \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e271\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eLena Bressel and Roland Hass\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.10.1 Classification of Particle Sizing Technologies 271\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.10.2 Particle Size and Solid Fraction Ranges 272\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.10.3 Photon DensityWave (PDW) Spectroscopy – Theory, Instrumentation, and Application Examples 275\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.10.4 Particle Sizing by PDWSpectroscopy 277\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.10.5 Sample Versus Process Measurements 280\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.10.6 Technical Implementation and Data Access 281\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.10.7 Examples for Process Analysis with PDWSpectroscopy 282\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.10.7.1 Crystallization of Lactose 283\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.10.7.2 Precipitation of Barium Sulfate 284\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.10.8 Summary 285\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eList of Abbreviations 286\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 287\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Impact of Solid Forms on API Scale-Up \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e289\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eSophie Janbon, Clare Mayes, and Amy L. Robertson\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Introduction 289\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Background 290\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Small-Scale Crystallization Development 291\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.1 Form Selection 291\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.2 Solvent Selection 293\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.2.1 Solvent Screening 293\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.2.2 Solubility Diagram 294\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.2.3 Solubility Measurement 295\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.3 Crystallization Process Selection 298\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.3.1 Process Outline Selection 298\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.3.2 Process Outline Evaluation 299\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.3.3 Process Exploration 300\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.4 Process Development Conclusions 302\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 Crystallization Scale-Up 302\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.1 Crystallization Process Accommodation 303\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.1.1 Vessel Size and MoC 304\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.1.2 Agitation 304\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.1.3 Heat Transfer 305\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.1.4 Solution Addition 305\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.1.5 Solid Addition 305\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.1.6 Alternative Technologies 306\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.2 Risks and Common Problems 307\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.2.1 Metastable Forms 307\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.2.2 Amorphous 307\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.2.3 Salt Stoichiometry 308\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.2.4 Oiling and Phase Separations 308\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.3 Isolation and Drying 308\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.3.1 Isolation 309\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.3.2 Drying 311\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.4 Agglomeration 314\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.5 Particle Size Reduction 314\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.5.1 Delumping 314\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.5.2 Milling and Micronization 314\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.5.3 Storage and Packing 315\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.6 Scale-up Conclusions 315\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5 People and Skill Requirements 315\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6 Regulatory Requirements 315\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6.1 Process Documentation 316\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6.2 Safety 316\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6.3 Quality and Manufacturability 316\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7 Closing Remarks 317\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eList of Abbreviations 318\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 318\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 Impact on Drug Development and Drug Product Processing \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e325\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eSusanne Page and Anikó Szepes\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Introduction 325\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 Pharmaceutical Profiling 327\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 Formulation Development 330\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.1 Liquid Formulations: Solutions and Suspensions 332\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.2 Solid Dosage Forms 335\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.3 Solubility Enhanced Formulations 339\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.3.1 Lipid-Based Formulations and Drug Delivery Systems 339\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.3.2 Solid Solutions and Amorphous Solid Dispersions 343\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 Process Development and Transfer to Commercial Manufacturing 344\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.1 Particle Size Reduction 345\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.2 Blending 345\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.3 Granulation 345\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.3.1 Wet Granulation and Drying 346\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.3.2 Dry Granulation\/Roller Compaction 347\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.4 Tablet Compression 347\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.5 Film Coating 348\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5 Control Strategy 348\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6 Regulatory Submissions 349\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eList of Abbreviations 352\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 353\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 Workflow Management \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e365\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eChristian Große\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 Motivation 365\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 Workflow Management 365\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 Organization of Solid-State Development by Project Management 366\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.1 Stakeholders 366\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.2 CMC Project Management 367\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.3 Substance Requirement Plan 368\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.4 Pre-CMC Data 369\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4 Workflows in the Environment of the Crystallization Laboratory 369\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.1 Micro-Project Management 369\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.2 Dependencies 370\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.3 Material Flow 371\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.4 Designations and Code Assignment 371\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.5 Analytic Database System 373\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.6 Physical Sample Transfer 375\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.7 Analytic Transfer Tool 375\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.8 Analytical Processes – Timely Measurement 376\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.9 Sample Storage Processes 377\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.10 Documentation 378\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.11 Review Process for ELN Documents 379\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.11.1 Document Status 379\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.11.2 Manual ELN Review Process 380\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.11.3 Archive Process 381\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.12 Communication with CROs 381\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.13 Fundamental Lab Processes 382\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5 Processes in the Solid-State Lab 382\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5.1 Initial Testing 382\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5.2 Solubility Estimation 384\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5.3 Manual Screening 384\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5.4 High-Throughput Screening 385\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5.5 Processes for Replica Experiments and Scale-Up of Solid Forms 387\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6 Development of Crystallization Processes 387\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.7 Support Processes 388\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.7.1 Route Scouting Process 389\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.7.2 Crystallization of Impurities and Intermediates 389\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.7.3 Downstream Processes 389\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.7.4 Scale-Up and Technology Transfer Process 390\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.7.5 Analytical Development 390\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.7.6 Preformulation 391\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.7.7 Formulation 391\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.8 Conclusion 392\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eList of Abbreviations 393\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 393\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 Digitalization in Laboratories of the Pharmaceutical Industry \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e397\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eTanja S. Picker\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 Introduction 397\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 Motivation of Digitalization in the Laboratory 398\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.1 Expectations of the Staff 398\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.2 Increasing Throughput 400\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.3 Repeatability 400\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.4 Enhanced Requirements on Data Integrity 400\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.5 Centralized Archiving 401\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.6 Ad Hoc Analysis 401\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.7 The Value of Data 402\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3 Categories of Laboratory IT Systems 403\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.1 Devices 403\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.2 Lab Execution Systems (LES) and Scientific Data Management Systems (SDMS) 404\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.3 Lab Data Systems 404\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.4 Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) 405\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.5 Further Use of Data 405\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.5.1 Data Analysis and Reporting 405\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.5.2 Big Data Analytics and Artificial Intelligence 406\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4 System Interfaces for Data Exchange 406\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.1 Adapters 407\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.1.1 Serial Port (RS232) 407\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.1.2 Universal Series Bus (USB) 407\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.1.3 Ethernet 407\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.1.4 Cable Less Connections 407\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.2 Communication Medium and Protocols 408\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.2.1 File-Based Communication 408\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.2.2 ANSI\/ISA-88 Batch Control (S-88) 408\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.2.3 Open Platform Communications Unified Architecture (OPC UA) 408\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.2.4 Standards in Lab Automation (SiLA) 408\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.3 Data Formats 409\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.3.1 Common Data Formats (e.g. TXT, XML, JSON) 409\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.3.2 Analytical Information Markup Language (AnIML) 409\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.3.3 Allotrope Data Format (ADF) 410\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5 Implementation of IT Solutions 411\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.1 Identification of Digital Gaps in the Lab Processes 411\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.1.1 Contextual Inquiry 411\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.1.2 Interaction Room 411\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.2 Implementation Approach 412\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.2.1 Design 413\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.2.2 Realization 415\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.2.3 Verification 415\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.2.4 Rollout 416\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6 Conclusion 416\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eList of Abbreviations 416\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 417\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e9.1 Polymorphs and Patents – the US Perspective \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e421\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eKristi McIntyre\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.1 Introduction 421\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.2 What is a Patent? 421\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.3 How Are Patents Obtained? 422\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.4 United States Patent Law 422\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.4.1 Tapentadol Hydrochloride 423\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.4.1.1 Tapentadol Hydrochloride Form A Held Not Obvious 423\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.4.1.2 Tapentadol Hydrochloride Form AWas Found to Have Utility 424\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.4.2 Paroxetine Hydrochloride Hemihydrate 424\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.4.2.1 PHC Hemihydrate History 425\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.4.2.2 Meaning of “Crystalline Paroxetine Hydrochloride Hemihydrate” 425\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.4.2.3 PHC Hemihydrate: Infringed, But Invalid for Anticipation 426\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.4.3 Ranitidine Hydrochloride 426\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.4.3.1 History of RHCl Form 2 426\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.4.3.2 RHCl Form 2 Not Anticipated by Example 32 427\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.4.4 Cefdinir 427\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.4.5 Amlodipine Besylate 428\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.4.5.1 History of Amlodipine Besylate 428\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.4.5.2 Amlodipine Besylate Found Obvious 428\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.4.6 Concluding Remarks 429\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNotes 429\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 430\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e9.2 Polymorphs and Patents – The EU Perspective \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e431\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eOliver Brosch\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.1 European Patent Applications and European Patents 431\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.1.1 Introduction 431\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.1.2 Summary of the Processing of Applications and Patents Before the European Patent Office (EPO) 431\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.1.3 Economic Factors 432\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.1.4 Unitary Patents 433\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.1.5 Protection of Polymorphs and Solid Forms in General 433\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.1.6 Polymorph Screening 434\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.2 Decisions of Technical Boards of Appeal of the EPO 435\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.2.1 Decision T 777\/08 of 24 May 2011 435\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.2.2 Decision T 1555\/12 Dated 29 April 2015 435\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.2.3 Decision T 2114\/13 Dated 12 October 2016 442\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.2.4 Decision T 2397\/12 Dated 12 March 2018 442\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.2.5 Decision T 246\/15 Dated 13 November 2018 442\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.3 Jurisdiction of the Federal Patent Court and the German Federal Supreme Court 443\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.3.1 Decision “Kristallformen” German Federal Court 443\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.3.2 Decision X ZR 58\/08 Dated 15 March 15 2011 443\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.3.3 Decision X ZR 98\/09 Dated 15 May 2012 444\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.3.4 Decision X ZR 110\/16 Dated 7 August 2018 444\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.4 Assessing Validity of a Patent or the Chances of Success 445\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.5 Interaction with Patent Professionals 446\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eList of Abbreviations 447\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 447\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e10 Regulatory Frameworks Affecting Solid-State Development \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e449\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eChristoph Saal\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1 Introduction – The Need for Regulation in Pharmaceutical Industry 449\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2 Solid-State Forms to Be Used for Drugs 451\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3 General Regulatory Considerations for Pharmaceutical Solid-State Forms 453\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4 Regulatory Framework for Pharmaceutical Salts 454\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.1 Pharmaceutical Equivalence and Pharmaceutical Alternatives 454\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.2 Bioequivalence 456\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.3 Therapeutic Equivalence 458\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.4 Biowaivers 458\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.5 Regulatory Approval for Pharmaceutical Salts 460\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.5.1 Regulatory Approval Pathways in the United States 460\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.5.2 Regulatory Approval Pathways in the European Union 461\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.6 Regulatory Approval for Polymorphs 463\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.7 Polymorphism in Pharmacopoeias 469\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5 Regulatory Framework for Co-crystals 471\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.6 Summary 476\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eList of Abbreviations 476\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 477\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e11 Opportunities and Challenges for Generic Development from a Solid-state Perspective \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e481\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eJudith Aronhime and Mike Teiler\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1 The Birth of a New Drug and the Generic Siblings that Will Follow – Two Different Mindsets 481\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1.1 Generics 481\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1.2 Proprietary Products 482\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1.3 API and Solid State 483\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1.3.1 Generics 483\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1.3.2 Proprietary 483\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2 Portfolio Management – How is a Portfolio Constructed and Maintained? 484\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.1 Activities and Timelines 484\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.1.1 Strategy 484\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.1.2 Value 484\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.1.3 Factors Impacting on Timing – When and How Does a Product Show Up on a Generic Company’s Radar Screen? 485\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.2 Timing 487\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.2.1 When is “On-time?” 487\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.3 Market-specific Considerations Based on Local Legislation and Administration (OB, PIV, Various Exclusivities – US, EU, JP, etc.) 489\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.3.1 Patents Through the Eyes of the Regulatory Authorities 489\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.3.2 Data Exclusivity (Data Protection) 489\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.3.3 Salts and Esters 490\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.3.4 Think Global, Act Local 490\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.4 Sources to Evaluate a Project 491\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.4.1 Government and Regulatory Agencies 491\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.4.2 Analyst Reports and Company Financial Reports 492\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.4.3 Pay Data Sources 492\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.5 Evaluation Tools 493\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.5.1 Business Case 493\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.5.2 Quality Target Project Profile (QTPP) 493\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.6 Criteria for Identifying Promising Projects 493\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.7 Criteria for Building a Robust Portfolio 494\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3 Challenges in Developing a Generic Product from the Solid-state Perspective 495\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.1 Implications in Developing Formulation with a Metastable API 496\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.2 The Stability Question 497\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.2.1 Polymorphic Stability in Dry Conditions 497\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.2.2 Polymorphic Stability inWet Conditions (Slurry) 498\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4 Generic Solid-state Development 498\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4.1 General 498\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4.2 Predevelopment Phase: Solid-state Strategy 499\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4.2.1 Review of the Solid State, Especially the Polymorph Patent Landscape 499\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4.2.2 Design-around Considerations 500\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4.3 Crystal Forms Discovery 503\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4.3.1 Importance of the Crystal Forms Discovery Stage 503\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4.3.2 New Crystal Forms Unpredictability 503\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4.3.3 Pragmatic Questions About Crystal Forms Search 504\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4.3.4 Late-appearing Polymorphs 505\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4.3.5 Irreproducibility of Procedures 506\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4.3.6 Analytical Focus 507\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4.4 Target Selection 507\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4.4.1 Solubility 508\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4.4.2 Morphology 509\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4.4.3 Solid-state Stability 509\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4.4.4 Additional Factors 509\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4.5 Process Development in the Laboratory Scale 510\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4.5.1 Process Development 510\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4.5.2 Thermodynamic Stability Relationships 510\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4.5.3 Solubility Curves 510\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4.5.4 API Target 511\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4.5.5 Analytical Methods for Polymorphic Purity 512\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4.6 Scale-up Challenges 512\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4.6.1 Control of Crystal Form 512\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4.6.2 Control of Particle Size and Morphology 513\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4.6.3 Lot-to-Lot Variability 513\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4.6.4 Analytical Focus 514\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4.7 Pharma Development 515\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4.7.1 The Tetrahedron Principle and Consistency Among Lots 516\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4.7.2 The Effect of Micronization on Amorphous Content in Crystalline APIs 516\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4.7.3 Solid-state Stability upon Storage 517\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4.8 Impact on Formulation 517\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4.9 Summary of Timelines for Solid-state Activity 518\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4.10 Intellectual Property (IP) Strategies and Activities 519\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5 Success Factors 520\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5.1 Successful Biostudy 520\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5.2 Successful Launch 521\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5.3 Generic Commercial Success 522\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eList of Abbreviations 523\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 524\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 531\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743122272599,"sku":"9783527346356","price":999.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}]},{"product_id":"flow-and-microreactor-technology-in-medicinal-chemistry-9783527346899","title":"Flow and Microreactor Technology in Medicinal","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eLearn to master a powerful technology to enable a faster drug discovery workflow\u003c\/b\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe ultimate dream for medicinal chemists is the ability to synthesize new drug-like compounds with the push of a button. The key to synthesizing chemical compounds more quickly and accurately lies in computer-controlled technologies that can be optimized by machine learning. Recent developments in computer-controlled automated syntheses that rely on miniature flow reactors—with integrated analysis of the resulting products—provide a workable technology for synthesizing new chemical substances very quickly and with minimal effort. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIn \u003ci\u003eFlow and Microreactor Technology in Medicinal Chemistry\u003c\/i\u003e, early adopters of this ground-breaking technology describe its current and potential uses in medicinal chemistry. Based on successful examples of the use of flow and microreactor synthesis for drug-like compounds, the book introduces current as well as emerging uses for automated synthesis in a drug discovery context. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eFlow and Microreactor Technology in Medicinal Chemistry\u003c\/i\u003e readers will also find: \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumerous case studies that address the most common applications of this technology in the day-to-day work of medicinal chemists\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHow to integrate flow synthesis with drug discovery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHow to perform enantioselective reactions under continuous flow conditions \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eFlow and Microreactor Technology in Medicinal Chemistry\u003c\/i\u003e is\u003ci\u003e \u003c\/i\u003ea valuable practical reference for medicinal chemists, organic chemists, and natural products chemists, whether they are working in academia or in the pharmaceutical industry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eINTRODUCTION\u003cbr\u003e Continuous flow technology for the fine chemical and pharmaceutical Industries.\u003cbr\u003e CASE STUDIES\u003cbr\u003e Novel (forbidden) chemistry towards NCE to increase chemical space\u003cbr\u003e Enantioselective catalysis in continuous flow to improve throughput\u003cbr\u003e Synthesis in continuous flow of important drugs and APIs\u003cbr\u003e TECHNOLOGIES\u003cbr\u003e HTE in continuous flow to speed library synthesis\u003cbr\u003e Integration systems with continuous synthesis and biological screening\u003cbr\u003e Microreactors for target validation (organ on a chip)\u003cbr\u003e Process Analytical Technologies (PAT) and tools for controlled process design\u003cbr\u003e Artificial Intelligence, Machine Learning and automatization in drug discovery\u003cbr\u003e Emerging market challenges and on demand manufacturing\u003cbr\u003e","brand":"Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743122698583,"sku":"9783527346899","price":999.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}]},{"product_id":"protein-chromatography-process-development-and-scale-up-9783527346660","title":"Protein Chromatography: Process Development and","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAn all-in-one practical guide on how to efficiently use chromatographic separation methods \u003cbr\u003e  \u003cbr\u003e Based on a training course that teaches the theoretical as well as practical aspects of protein bioseparation to bioprocess professionals, this fully updated and revised new edition offers comprehensive coverage of continuous chromatography and provides readers with many relevant examples from the biopharmaceutical industry.  \u003cbr\u003e  \u003cbr\u003e Divided into two large parts, Protein Chromatography: Process Development and Scale-Up, Second Edition presents all the necessary knowledge for effective process development in chromatographic bioseparation, both on small and large scale. The first part introduces chromatographic theory, including process design principles, to enable the reader to rationalize the set-up of a bioseparation process. The second part illustrates by way of case studies and sample protocols how the theory learned in the first part may be applied to real-life problems. Chapters look at: Downstream Processing of Biotechnology Products; Chromatography Media; Laboratory and Process Columns and Equipment; Adsorption Equilibrium; Rate Processes; and Dynamics of Chromatography Columns. The book closes with chapters on: Effects of Dispersion and Rate Processes on Column Performance; Gradient Elution Chromatography; and Chromatographic Column Design and Optimization. \u003cbr\u003e  \u003cbr\u003e -Presents the most pertinent examples from the biopharmaceutical industry, including monoclonal antibodies \u003cbr\u003e -Provides an overview of the field along with design tools and examples illustrating the advantages of continuous processing in biopharmaceutical productions \u003cbr\u003e -Focuses on process development and large-scale bioseparation tasks, making it an ideal guide for the professional bioengineer in the biotech and pharma industries \u003cbr\u003e -Offers field-tested information based on decades of training courses for biotech and chemical engineers in Europe and the U.S. \u003cbr\u003e  \u003cbr\u003e Protein Chromatography: Process Development and Scale-Up, Second Edition will appeal to biotechnologists, analytical chemists, chromatographers, chemical engineers, pharmaceutical industry, biotechnological industry, and biochemists. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003ePreface ix\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNomenclature xiii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 Downstream Processing of Biotechnology Products \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 Introduction 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 Bioproducts and Their Contaminants 2\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.1 Biomolecular Chemistry and Structure 2\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.1.1 Proteins 2\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.1.2 Primary Structure 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.1.3 Secondary Structure 6\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.1.4 Tertiary Structure 11\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.1.5 Quaternary Structure 11\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.1.6 Folding 12\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.1.7 Post-translational Modifications 12\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.1.8 Oligonucleotides and Polynucleotides 16\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.1.9 Endotoxins 18\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.2 Biochemical and Biophysical Properties 20\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.2.1 UV Absorbance 20\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.2.2 Size 22\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.2.3 Charge 26\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.2.4 Hydrophobicity 28\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.2.5 Solubility 31\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.2.6 Chemical Stability 33\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.2.7 Mechanical Stability 34\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.2.8 Viscosity 35\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.2.9 Diffusivity 38\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3 Bioprocesses 40\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.1 Expression Systems 40\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.2 Host Cell Composition 43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.3 Culture Media 44\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.4 Components of the Culture Broth 45\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.5 Product Quality Requirements 46\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.5.1 Types of Impurities 48\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.5.2 Validation 50\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.5.3 Purity Requirements 51\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4 Biosimilars 52\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5 Role of Chromatography in Downstream Processing 53\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.6 Environmental Impact of Biopharmaceutical Manufacturing 59\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 60\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 Introduction to Protein Chromatography \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e63\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Introduction 63\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 Basic Principles and Definitions 63\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 Modes of Operation 67\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.1 Elution Chromatography 69\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.2 Frontal Analysis 70\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.3 Displacement Chromatography 71\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.4 Periodic Countercurrent and Simulated Moving Bed Separators (SMB) 72\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4 Performance Factors 76\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5 Separation Performance Metrics 81\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.1 Column Efficiency 81\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.2 Chromatographic Resolution 84\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.3 Dynamic Binding Capacity 86\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.4 Scaling Relationships 87\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 90\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 Chromatography Media \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e93\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Introduction 93\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Interaction Types and Chemistry 94\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.1 Steric Interaction 94\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.2 Hydrophobic Interaction 96\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.3 Electrostatic Interaction 103\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.4 Metal Ion Interaction 106\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.5 Biospecific Interaction 108\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.6 Mixed Mode Interaction 113\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Buffers and Mobile Phases 117\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 Physical Structure and Properties 118\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.1 Base Matrices 119\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.1.1 Natural Carbohydrate Polymers 121\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.1.2 Synthetic Polymers 122\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.1.3 Inorganic Materials 123\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.2 Porosity, Pore Size, and Surface Area 125\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.3 Particle Size and Particle Size Distribution 131\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.4 Mechanical and Flow Properties 132\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 135\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Laboratory and Process Columns and Equipment \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e139\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Introduction 139\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 Laboratory-Scale Systems 140\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1 Pumps 141\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.2 Mixers 145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.3 Monitors 146\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.4 System Volumes 149\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 Process Columns and Equipment 150\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.1 Columns 150\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.2 Systems 155\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.3 Column Packing 157\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 158\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Adsorption Equilibrium \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e159\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Introduction 159\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Single-Component Systems 161\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Multicomponent Systems 174\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 Empirical Correlation of Equilibrium Data 178\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5 Protein Conformational Changes upon Adsorption 180\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 180\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 Rate Processes \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e183\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Introduction 183\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 Rate Mechanisms 183\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.1 External Mass Transfer 185\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.2 Pore Diffusion 188\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.3 Solid Diffusion 192\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.4 Intraparticle Convection 196\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.5 Kinetic Resistance to Binding 201\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 Batch Adsorption Kinetics 202\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.1 General Rate Equations 204\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.2 Analytical Solutions 206\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.2.1 External Mass Transfer Control 207\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.2.2 Solid Diffusion Control 207\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.2.3 Pore Diffusion Control 208\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.2.4 Binding Kinetics Control 210\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.2.5 LDF Solution 210\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.2.6 Combined Mass Transfer Resistances 211\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.3 Experimental Verification of Transport Mechanisms 214\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.4 Multicomponent Protein Adsorption Kinetics 218\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 223\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 Dynamics of Chromatography Columns \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e227\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 Introduction 227\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 Material Balance Equations 227\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.1 Boundary Conditions 229\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.2 Dimensionless Equations 230\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 Local Equilibrium Dynamics 231\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4 Multicomponent Systems 244\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5 Displacement Chromatography 256\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5.1 Prediction of the Isotachic Train 257\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5.2 Transient Development 262\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 263\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 Effects of Dispersion and Rate Processes on Column Performance \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e265\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 Introduction 265\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 Empirical Characterization of Column Efficiency 265\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3 Modeling and Prediction of Column Efficiency 275\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.1 Plate Model 275\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.2 Rate Models with Linear Isotherms 278\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.3 Rate Models with Nonlinear Isotherms 287\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.4 Rate Models for Competitive Adsorption Systems 303\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 308\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e9 Gradient Elution Chromatography \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e311\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1 Introduction 311\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2 General Theory for Gradient Elution with Linear Isotherms 313\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3 LGE Relationships and the Iso-resolution Curve in IEC 320\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.1 Iso-resolution Curve 329\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4 LGE Relationships for RPC and HIC 332\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5 Gradient Elution at High Protein Loads 337\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.6 Separations with pH Gradients 339\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 351\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e10 Chromatographic Column Design and Optimization \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e355\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1 Introduction 355\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2 Chromatographic Process Steps and Constraints 357\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3 Design for Capture 361\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.1 Load Step 362\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.2 Wash Step 363\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.3 Elution Step 364\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.4 CIP Step 364\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.5 Re-equilibration Step 365\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.6 Productivity and Capacity Utilization 365\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.7 Continuous Capture 370\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4 Design for Chromatographic Resolution 375\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5 SMB Design 382\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 391\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 395\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743122927959,"sku":"9783527346660","price":89.21,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9783527346660.jpg?v=1720064211"},{"product_id":"biotechnology-in-environmental-remediation-9783527350773","title":"Biotechnology in Environmental Remediation","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eA timely overview of techniques for involving biological organisms in the remediation of polluted ecosystems\u003c\/b\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAs a result of worldwide industry, urbanization, and population growth, many harmful organic and inorganic pollutants have been introduced into the environment. With bioremediation, we can use fungi, bacteria, and plants—along with their secondary metabolites—to clean up areas that have been affected by industrial and commercial activities. \u003ci\u003eBiotechnology in Environmental Remediation \u003c\/i\u003epresents a thorough consideration of the most important biologically-based remediation methods in use today. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eEnvironmental biotechnology is a more sustainable alternative to chemical and mechanical remediation methods, which explains the rapidly growing popularity of these techniques. This edited volume summarizes our current understanding of bioremediation approaches and presents research outcomes from a diverse selection of geographies and ecosystems. Chapters cover remediation techniques for pollutants affecting soil, water, air, and sediments, as well as tools for addressing these issues, including tools for assessment and monitoring. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eUniquely, \u003ci\u003eBiotechnology in Environmental Remediation \u003c\/i\u003eemphasizes the latest findings on the use of secondary metabolites in bioremediation. Other topics covered include chemical sustainability, nanotechnology, and biofuels. Readers will gain an understanding of issues including: \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHow biological organisms and their secondary metabolites are currently being used in environmental remediation projects worldwide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNew applications for phytomolecules, lichens, nanoparticles, rhizobacteria, and other technologies, as well as future directions for bioremediation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe steps in the process of biotechnology-driven remediation, including detection, investigation, assessment, cleanup, redevelopment, and monitoring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemediation of petroleum hydrocarbons, algal carbon sequestration, wastewater management, and the role of fatty acid and proteins in remediation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe investigations in this book provide important knowledge for researchers in biotechnology, ecology, environmental science, and related disciplines. Additionally, policymakers and NGOs with an interest in remediating environmental contaminants will gain valuable context. \u003ci\u003eBiotechnology in Environmental Remediation \u003c\/i\u003eis a foundation for future research on biotechnological interventions for a clean planet.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003ePreface xiii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 Biotechnology and Various Environmental Concerns: An Introduction 1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eRavi K. Gangwar, Rajesh Bajpai, and Jaspal Singh\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 Introduction 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 Plant Biotechnology: Its Importance, Contribution to Agriculture and Environment, and Its Future Prospects 9\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eJeny Jose and Csaba Éva\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Where do Environment and Biotechnology Meet? 9\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 Understanding Agricultural Biotechnology 11\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 Animal and Plant Biotechnology 13\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 Recent Advances in the Remediation of Petroleum Hydrocarbon Contamination with Microbes 31\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eParvaze A. Wani and Salami O. Rahman\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Introduction 31\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Sources of Petroleum Hydrocarbons 32\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Composition of Petroleum Pollutants 32\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 Toxic Effects of Petroleum Hydrocarbons 33\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5 Hydrocarbon-Degrading Microorganisms 34\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6 Mechanism of Petroleum Hydrocarbon Degradation 36\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7 Types of Hydrocarbon Degradation 38\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.8 Factors Affecting Hydrocarbon Degradation by Microorganisms 39\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.9 Conclusion 41\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Remediation of Heavy Metals: Tools and Techniques 47\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eAnkita Singh and Amit Kumar Tripathi\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Introduction 47\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 Bioremediation 48\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 Organism of Bioremediation 49\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 Techniques of Bioremediation 51\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5 Types of Bioremediation 52\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6 Prospects of Bioremediation 56\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.7 Advantages and Disadvantages of Bioremediation 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.8 Conclusion 59\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Soil Biodiversity and Environmental Sustainability 69\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eTsedekech G. Weldmichael\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Introduction 69\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Importance of Soil Biodiversity in Supporting Terrestrial Life and Diversity 71\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Soil Biodiversity and Climate Change 75\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 Soil Biodiversity and Hydrological Cycle 77\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5 Soil Biodiversity and Environmental Remediation 79\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6 Conclusion 80\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 Plant Growth-Promoting Rhizobacteria: Role, Applications, and Biotechnology 89\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eInduja Mishra, Pashupati Nath, Namita Joshi, and Bishwambhar D. Joshi\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Introduction 89\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 Functions and Role of PGPR 90\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 Range and Different Diversity of PGPR 91\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 Mechanisms of Plant Growth Promotion by PGPR 94\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5 Biotechnological Effects of PGPR 95\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6 PGPR Cometabolism 100\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.7 Classification and Assortment of PGPR Strains 101\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.8 Commercial Significance of PGPR 101\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.9 Future Prospects of PGPR 102\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.10 Concluding Remarks of PGPR 103\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 A Green Approach for CO2 Fixation Using Microalgae Adsorption: Biotechnological Approach 115\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003ePriyanka Raviraj and Syed Atif Ali\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 Introduction 115\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 Effect of CO2 Emissions on Environment 116\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 Advanced CO2-Capturing Methods 117\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4 Biological Methods for CO2 Capturing 118\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5 Earlier Technologies of Carbon Dioxide Capturing 119\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6 Natural Carbon Capture Technology: Photosynthesis 120\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.7 Microalgae as the Modern Tool to Capture CO2 121\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.8 Biology of Microalgae as Photosynthetic Organisms and CO2 Absorbers 122\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.9 Conclusion 123\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 Assessment of In-Vitro Culture as a Sustainable and Eco-friendly Approach of Propagating Lichens and Their Constituent Organisms for Bioprospecting Applications 129\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eAmrita Kumari, Himani Joshi, Ankita H. Tripathi, Garima Chand, Penny Joshi, Lalit M. Tewari, Yogesh Joshi, Dalip K. Upreti, Rajesh Bajpai, and Santosh K. Upadhyay\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 Lichens and Their Structural Organization 129\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 Lichens and Bioprospection 131\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3 Lichens as Sources of Unique Metabolites 132\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4 Need of In Vitro Culture of Lichen and Lichen Components and Its Utility in Environment Conservation 134\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5 In Vitro Culture of Lichens\/Constituent Organisms 135\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6 Use of In Vitro Lichen Culture for Bioprospecting 139\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7 Challenges Associated 145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.8 Conclusion 145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e9 Bioprospection Potential of Indian Cladoniaceae Together with Its Distribution, Habitat Preference, and Biotechnological Prospects 155\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eRajesh Bajpai, Upasana Pandey, Brahma N. Singh, Veena Pande, Chandra P. Singh, and Dalip K. Upreti\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1 Introduction 155\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2 Materials and Methods 159\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3 Results and Discussion 160\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4 Conclusions 182\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e10 Biotechnological Approach for the Wastewater Management 193\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eAnamika Agrawal, Sameer Chandra, Anand K. Gupta, Rajendra Singh, and Jaspal Singh\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1 Introduction 193\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2 Effects ofWater Pollution 195\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3 Role of Biotechnology to ControlWater Pollution 196\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4 Role of Biotechnology in Phytoremediation 205\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5 Conclusion 207\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e11 The Application of Biotechnology in the Realm of Bioenergy and Biofuels 209\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eManvi Singh, Namira Arif, and Anil Bhatia\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1 Introduction 209\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2 Bioenergy (Biomass Energy) 210\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3 Conclusions 217\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e12 Nanotechnological Approach for the Abatement of Environmental Pollution: A Way Forward Toward a Clean Environment 221\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eManzari Kushwaha, Anuradha Mishra, Divya Goel, and Shiv Shankar\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.1 Introduction 221\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2 Nanoparticles: Properties, Types, and Route of Synthesis 222\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3 Nanoremediation for Environment Cleanup 227\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4 Challenges in Nanoremediation of the Environment and Solution 236\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.5 Conclusion and Future Prospects 238\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e13 Role of Fatty Acids and Proteins in Alteration of Microbial Cell Surface Hydrophobicity: A Regulatory Factor of Environmental Biodegradation 249\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eBabita Kumari, Kriti Kriti, and Gayatri Singh\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.1 Introduction 249\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2 Cell Surface Fatty Acids and Alteration in CSH 250\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3 Proteins\/Genes Responsible in CSH Modulation 253\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4 Eicosapentaenoic Acid (EPA) 256\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.5 Factors that Influence Cell Surface Hydrophobicity 257\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.6 Conclusion 260\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e14 Chemical Sustainability for a Nontoxic Environment -- A Healthy Future 269\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003ePuneet Khare, Shashi K. Tiwari, and Lakshmi Bala\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.1 Introduction 269\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.2 Basis of Sustainable Chemistry 271\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.3 Challenges in Front of Sustainable Chemistry 272\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.4 Green Chemistry: A Sustainable Approach at a Minor Level 273\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5 Research and Education in Green and Sustainable Chemistry 274\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.6 Scope of the Concerned Field 274\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.7 Role of OECD Toward Sustainable Chemistry 275\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.8 Difference Between Green and Sustainable Chemistry 275\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.9 The 12 Principles of Green Chemistry (EPA) 276\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.10 Applications and Innovations of Sustainable Chemistry 277\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.11 In the Pharmaceutical Industry 277\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.12 Intense Use of Renewable Resources 278\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.13 Improvement in Catalytic Methods 278\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.14 Encouragement of the Use of Biomass 278\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.15 Improvement of Lignocellulose Extraction Technology 278\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.16 Improvement in Solvents 278\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.17 Biocatalyst Advancement 279\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.18 Improvement in Plastic Technology 279\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.19 Techniques for Assessing Environmentally Friendly Chemical Processes and Products 280\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.20 R\u0026amp;D in Sustainable Chemical Fields 280\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.21 Benefits of Sustainable Chemistry 280\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.22 Conclusion 281\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgment 281\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 281\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 285\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743124599127,"sku":"9783527350773","price":97.75,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9783527350773.jpg?v=1723812634"},{"product_id":"novel-membrane-emulsification-principles-preparation-processes-and-bioapplications-9783527348817","title":"Novel Membrane Emulsification: Principles,","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eNovel Membrane Emulsification\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eComprehensive resource presenting state-of-the-art of membrane emulsification technology, from principle to practice, with focus on biomedical applications\u003c\/b\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eNovel Membrane Emulsification: Principles, Preparation, Processes, and Bioapplications\u003c\/i\u003e provides comprehensive coverage of membrane emulsification technology by summarizing the principle, preparation, and bioapplications through utilizing uniform particle size, introducing recent development in preparation and applications in the controlled release and delivery of protein\/peptide, anticancer drugs and vaccines, and in the bioseparation media and cell culture carriers, and discussing direct, rapid, and rotary membrane emulsification equipments. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eNovel Membrane Emulsification\u003c\/i\u003e includes information on: \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreparation of hydrophobic microspheres from O\/W emulsion, hydrophilic microspheres from W\/O emulsion, and microcapsules\/composite microspheres from double emulsions, covering preparation from monomer and preformed polymer systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreparation of small particles by rapid membrane emulsification process\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApplications of uniform particles in sustained release of protein\/peptide drugs, covering strategies to improve encapsulation efficiency and maintain bioactivity of drugs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApplications of uniform particles in anticancer drug and vaccine delivery including personalized therapeutic vaccine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApplications of uniform particles in protein separation, covering uniform agarose microsphere for protein separation and super-porous microsphere for vaccine separation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eNovel Membrane Emulsification\u003c\/i\u003e is an essential resource for scientists and researchers in multiple fields, particularly chemistry, chemical engineering, and materials science, to advance this technique and produce novel materials with controlled characteristics. The text is also a valuable learning resource for biomedical science and bioengineering researchers and students.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003ePreface xv\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 Membrane Emulsification Process: Principle and Model 1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 Introduction 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 Cross-Flow Membrane Emulsification 2\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.1 Mechanism of Droplet Formation 2\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.2 Force Balance Model 6\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.3 Torque Balance Model 8\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.3.1 Associating the Dispersed-Phase Parameters 9\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.3.2 Associating the Continuous Phase Parameters 10\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.3.3 Torque Balance Model Associating Operation Parameters 10\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.3.4 Evaluation of Controlling Factors on Droplets Uniformity by Torque Balance Model 11\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.4 Computational Fluid Dynamics 16\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.5 Models by Surface Evolver Tool 19\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.6 Models by Lattice Boltzmann Method 20\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3 Premix Membrane Emulsification 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4 Summary 23\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 23\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 Preparation of Hydrophobic Microspheres From O\/W Emulsion 27\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Introduction 27\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 Preparation from Monomer System 28\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.1 PST–DVB Microspheres 28\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.2 PST-DMAEMA Microspheres 29\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.3 PGMA Microspheres 31\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.4 PST-HEMA Microspheres 32\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.5 PMMA Microspheres 34\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 Preparation from Performed Polymer System 37\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.1 PST–PMMA Microspheres 37\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.2 Polyurethane Urea Microspheres 39\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.3 Polyimide Prepolymer (PIP) Microspheres 40\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.4 Biodegradable Poly(Lactide) Microspheres 41\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.5 Microcapsules Containing Inorganic Materials 43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.6 Pickering Emulsion 43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4 Morphology Control of Microspheres 45\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.1 Effect of Crosslinker on Morphology of Microspheres 45\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.2 Effect of Inert Diluents on Morphology of Microspheres 46\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.2.1 Nonsolvating Diluent Effects on Microsphere Morphology 47\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.2.2 Solvating Diluent Effects on Microsphere Morphology 49\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.3 Effect of Emulsifier\/Stabilizer on Morphology of Microspheres 52\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.4 Effect of Cosurfactant on Morphology of Composite Microspheres 52\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5 Summary 56\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 Preparation of Hydrophilic Polymer Microspheres from W\/O Emulsion 61\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Introduction 61\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Membrane Modification and Preparation 62\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.1 Hydrophobic Modification of the Membrane 62\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.2 Preparation of Hydrophobic Membrane 67\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Preparation Microparticles from Monomer System 73\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.1 Preparation of Poly(N-isopropylacrylamide) (PNIPAM) Microspheres and Microcapsules 73\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 Preparation Microparticles from Preformed Polymer System 77\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.1 Chitosan Microspheres 77\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.2 Agarose Microspheres 83\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.3 Alginate Microspheres 89\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.4 Cellulose Microspheres 93\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.5 Glucomannan Microspheres 94\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5 Other Hydrophilic Microspheres Prepared by Membrane Emulsification 95\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.1 PVA Microspheres 95\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.2 Protein Microspheres 98\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6 Summary 99\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 100\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Preparation of Uniform Microcapsules and Microspheres from W\/O\/W Double Emulsion 105\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Introduction 105\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 Preparation of Uniform Microcapsules 107\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1 Oil-Soluble Emulsifier on the Size Distribution of Microcapsules 109\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.2 PVA Concentration in the Outer Aqueous Phase 110\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.3 Transmembrane Pressure on the Size Distribution of Microcapsules 110\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.4 The Membrane with Different Pore Size 112\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.5 Microcapsules for Drug Encapsulation 113\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.5.1 Composition of Polymers 113\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.5.2 The Inner Aqueous Phase Volume 114\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.5.3 NaCl Concentration in Outer Aqueous Phase 115\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.5.4 Drug-Loading Amount 116\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.5.5 pH Value in Outer Aqueous Phase 117\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.5.6 Microcapsules Size 117\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.6 Microcapsules with Controllable Structure 119\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.6.1 Polymer Concentrations in Oil Phase 119\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.6.2 Solidification Rate of the Droplets 119\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.6.3 Stabilizer Type 121\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.6.4 Volume Fraction of the Inner Aqueous Phase 121\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 Preparation of Composite Microspheres 121\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.1 Water-Soluble Inhibitor 123\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.2 Stabilizer in Outer Aqueous Phase 123\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.3 Cross-Linking Agent 124\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 Summary 126\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 126\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Rapid Membrane Emulsification Process for Preparation of Small Microspheres 129\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Introduction 129\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Preparation of Hydrophobic Microspheres from O\/W Emulsion 130\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.1 Preparation of Polylactide-Based Particles from O\/W Emulsion 130\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.2 Preparation of PST Particles from O\/W Emulsion 132\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.3 Preparation of Drug-Loaded Particles from O\/W Emulsion 132\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.3.1 Preparation of Drug-Loaded Particles via Adsorption 133\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.3.2 Preparation of Drug-Loaded Particles via Encapsulation 133\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.3.3 Preparation of Polydopamine Microcapsules 135\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Preparation of Hydrophilic Microspheres from W\/O Emulsion 136\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.1 Preparation of Chitosan Particles 136\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.1.1 Preparation of Chitosan Solid Particles 136\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.1.2 Preparation of Chitosan gel Particles 138\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.2 Preparation of Stimuli-Responsive PNIPAM Particles 139\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.3 Preparation of Agarose Particles 139\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.4 Preparation of Alginate Particles 141\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.5 Preparation of Konjac Glucomannan Particles 143\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 Preparation of Microcapsule from Double Emulsion 144\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.1 Preparation of Drug\/Antigen-Loaded Microcapsules via W\/O\/W Emulsions 144\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.1.1 Preparation of Particles for Encapsulating Water-Soluble Antigen 144\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.1.2 Preparation of Particles for Encapsulating Water-Soluble Drugs 145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.1.3 Preparation of Hollow Particles for Encapsulating Antigen\/Drug 147\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.2 Preparation of Microspheres with Unique Structure via W\/O\/W Emulsion 147\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.2.1 Preparation of PLA\/PLGA Microspheres with Single-Core Structure 147\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.2.2 Preparation of PMMA\/PLGA Microspheres with Gigaporous Structures 149\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.2.3 Preparation of PLGA Microspheres with Nonspherical Structures 151\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.3 Preparation of Microspheres via O\/W\/O Emulsion 152\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.3.1 HTCC Chitosan Microspheres for Oral Administration via O\/W\/O 153\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.3.2 CMCC Chitosan Microspheres for Encapsulating Water-Insoluble Drugs 154\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.3.3 Chitosan Microspheres for Combined Drug Delivery and Specific Administration 155\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.3.4 Preparation of Biomimetic Chitosan Microsphere with Cell Membrane 157\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5 Summary 158\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 158\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 Applications of Uniform Particles in Sustained Release of Drugs 163\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Introduction 163\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 Synthetic Polymer (PLA, PLGA, and PELA) 164\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.1 Pla 164\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.2 Plga 166\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.3 Pela 167\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.4 Strategy to Improve Encapsulation Efficiency 168\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.4.1 Effect of Additives on Encapsulation Efficiency 168\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.4.2 Effect of pH in the External Phase 169\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.4.3 Effect of Polymer 170\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.4.4 Effect of Solidification Technique 171\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.4.5 Using Post-loading Mode Instead of Pre-loading Mode 174\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.5 Strategy to Maintain Bioactivity of Drugs 175\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.5.1 Adding Additives to Prevent Proteins from Denaturation 175\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.5.2 Designing Amphiphilic Block Polymer PELA Instead of PLA 178\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.5.3 Effect of Preparation and Solidification Method 180\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 Natural Polymer (Polysaccharide) Chitosan 181\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.1 Strategies to Improve Encapsulation Efficiency 182\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.1.1 Using Step-wise Crosslinking Method to Avoid Shrinkage Stage 183\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.1.2 Using Chitosan Derivatives as Polymer to Adjust Microsphere Structure to Avoid Drug Crosslinking and Leakage 184\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.1.3 Preparing Chitosan\/Alginate Complex Microsphere by Two-step Solidification Method to Avoid Drug Leakage 185\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.1.4 Controlling Morphologies of Microspheres to Increase Drug Loading 187\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.2 Strategies to Maintain Bioactivity of Drugs 188\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.2.1 Step-wise Crosslinking Method 189\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.2.2 Using Chitosan Derivatives as Polymer to Protect Protein from the Crosslinking Process 189\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.2.3 Self-solidification System Instead of Using Chemical Crosslinker 192\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.2.4 Preparing Chitosan\/Alginate Complex Microsphere Instead of Chemical Crosslinking of Chitosan 193\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 Summary 194\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 195\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 Applications of Uniform Particles for Targeted Delivery of Anticancer Drugs 201\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 Introduction 201\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 Influence of Physical and Chemical Particle Properties on Antitumor Efficacy 202\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.1 Size 203\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.2 Surface Charge 203\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.3 Surface Hydrophobicity 206\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.4 Morphology 207\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.5 Flexibility 210\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 Classical Strategies for Targeting Tumor Tissues 211\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.1 Ligand\/Receptor-Induced Targeting 211\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.2 Tumor Microenvironment Sensitive Targeting 212\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.2.1 pH- Sensitive Drug Delivery 213\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.2.2 Enzyme Responsive Drug Delivery 215\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.2.3 Hypoxia-Targeted Drug Delivery 215\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.3 Externally Activated Targeting 217\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.3.1 Magnetism-Based Tumor Targeting 217\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.3.2 Photosensitive Tumor Targeting 219\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.3.3 Thermal-Responsive Targeting 220\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.3.4 Ultrasonic-Induced Targeting 221\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4 Novel Biomimetic Delivery Strategies 222\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5 Summary 224\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 225\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 Applications of Uniform Particles in Vaccine Formulations 231\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 Introduction 231\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 Adjuvant and Delivery System: Assembling the Vaccine Components 232\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.1 Particulate Vaccine Platforms 233\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.1.1 Polymeric Particles 233\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.1.2 Polysaccharide Particles 234\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.1.3 Inorganic Particles 235\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.1.4 Liposome 236\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.1.5 Lipid Nanoparticle 236\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.2 Modularizing Strategies for Vaccine Delivery System 237\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.2.1 Encapsulation 237\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.2.2 Adsorption 238\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.2.3 Conjugation 239\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3 Physicochemical Traits for the Enhanced Vaccination 240\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.1 Size 240\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.2 Charge 241\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.3 Shape 243\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.4 Hydrophobicity 245\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.5 Softness 246\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4 Connecting the Dots: Strengthening on the Multi-Scale Delivery of Vaccines 248\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.1 Distribution 249\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.2 Internalization 252\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.3 Presentation 254\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5 Summary 257\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 257\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e9 Applications of Uniform Microspheres and Super-porous Microspheres in Biochemical Engineering 267\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1 Introductions 267\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2 Uniform Microspheres for Chromatographic Media 268\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.1 Significance of Particle Size Uniformity in Chromatography 268\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.2 Agarose Microspheres 270\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.3 Konjac Glucomannan Microspheres 276\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.4 PST Microspheres 280\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.5 PGMA Microspheres 290\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.6 PHEMA Microspheres 292\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.7 Silica Microspheres 293\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3 Super-Porous Microspheres for Vaccine Separation 297\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.1 Significance of Super-Porous Microspheres for Vaccine Separation 297\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.2 Preparation Methods for Super-Porous Microspheres 297\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.2.1 Super-Porous P(ST–DVB) Microspheres 299\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.2.2 Super-Porous P(GMA–DVB) Microspheres 299\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.2.3 Super-Porous Agarose Microspheres 300\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.2.4 Application of Membrane Emulsification Technology in the Preparation of Super-Porous Polymeric Microspheres 301\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.3 Surface Hydrophilization and Chemical Derivatization of Polymeric Microspheres 304\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.3.1 Physical Adsorption of Modified Agarose on Super-Porous P(ST-DVB) Microspheres 304\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.3.2 Chemical Modification with Poly(Vinyl Alcohol) of Super-Porous P(ST-DVB) Microspheres 304\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.3.3 Surface Hydrophilization of Super-Porous PGMA Microspheres 305\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.4 Applications in Biomolecules Separation 306\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.4.1 Excellent Flow Hydrodynamics 306\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.4.2 Application in Virus-Like Particles (VLPs) Separation 308\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4 Uniform Microspheres for Cell Culture 312\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5 Summary 316\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 317\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e10 Membrane Emulsification Equipment and Industrialization 323\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1 Introduction 323\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2 Cross-flow Membrane Emulsification Equipment 324\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3 Premix Membrane Emulsification Equipment 326\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4 Rotary Membrane Emulsification Equipment 329\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5 Industrialization – Case Report 331\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.6 Summary 333\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 333\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 335\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743124631895,"sku":"9783527348817","price":108.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}]},{"product_id":"biotechnology-for-zero-waste-emerging-waste-management-techniques-9783527348985","title":"Biotechnology for Zero Waste: Emerging Waste","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eBiotechnology for Zero Waste\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eThe use of biotechnology to minimize waste and maximize resource valorization\u003c\/b\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIn\u003ci\u003e Biotechnology for Zero Waste: Emerging Waste Management Techniques,\u003c\/i\u003e accomplished environmental researchers Drs. Chaudhery Mustansar Hussain and Ravi Kumar Kadeppagari deliver a robust exploration of the role of biotechnology in reducing waste and creating a zero-waste environment. The editors provide resources covering perspectives in waste management like anaerobic co-digestion, integrated biosystems, immobilized enzymes, zero waste biorefineries, microbial fuel cell technology, membrane bioreactors, nano biomaterials, and more. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIdeal for sustainability professionals, this book comprehensively sums up the state-of-the-art biotechnologies powering the latest advances in zero-waste strategies. The renowned contributors address topics like bioconversion and biotransformation and detail the concept of the circular economy. \u003ci\u003eBiotechnology for Zero Waste\u003c\/i\u003e effectively guides readers on the path to creating sustainable products from waste. The book also includes: \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA thorough introduction to modern perspectives on zero waste drives, including anaerobic co-digestion as a smart approach for enhancing biogas production\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComprehensive explorations of bioremediation for zero waste, biological degradation systems, and bioleaching and biosorption of waste\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePractical discussions of bioreactors for zero waste and waste2energy with biotechnology\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAn in-depth examination of emerging technologies, including nanobiotechnology for zero waste and the economics and commercialization of zero waste biotechnologies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp\u003ePerfect for process engineers, natural products, environmental, soil, and inorganic chemists, \u003ci\u003eBiotechnology for Zero Waste: Emerging Waste Management Techniques\u003c\/i\u003e will also earn a place in the libraries of food technologists, biotechnologists, agricultural scientists, and microbiologists.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eForeword xxvii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePreface xxix\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart I Modern Perspective of Zero Waste Drives \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 Anaerobic Co-digestion as a Smart Approach for Enhanced Biogas Production and Simultaneous Treatment of Different Wastes \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e3\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eS. Bharathi and B. J. Yogesh\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 Introduction 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 Anaerobic Co-digestion (AcD) 5\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3 Digester Designs 13\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4 Digestate\/Spent Slurry 14\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5 Conclusion 15\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 15\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 Integrated Approaches for the Production of Biodegradable Plastics and Bioenergy from Waste \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e19\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eChandan Kumar Sahu, Mukta Hugar, and Ravi Kumar Kadeppagari\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Introduction 19\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 Food Waste for the Production of Biodegradable Plastics and Biogas 19\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 Dairy and Milk Waste for the Production of Biodegradable Plastics and Biogas 22\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4 Sugar and Starch Waste for the Production of Biodegradable Plastics and Biogas 23\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5 Wastewater for the Production of Biodegradable Plastics and Bioenergy 25\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6 Integrated Approaches for the Production of Biodegradable Plastics and Bioenergy from Waste 27\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.7 Conclusions 28\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 28\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 Immobilized Enzymes for Bioconversion of Waste to Wealth \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e33\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eAngitha Balan, Vaisiri V. Murthy, and Ravi Kumar Kadeppagari\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Introduction 33\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Enzymes as Biocatalysts 34\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Immobilization of Enzymes 35\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 Bioconversion of Waste to Useful Products by Immobilized Enzymes 38\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5 Applications of Nanotechnology for the Immobilization of Enzymes and Bioconversion 41\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6 Challenges and Opportunities 43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments 43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 44\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart II Bioremediation for Zero Waste \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e47\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Bioremediation of Toxic Dyes for Zero Waste \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e49\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eVenkata Krishna Bayineni\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Introduction 49\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 Background to Dye(s) 50\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 The Toxicity of Dye(s) 50\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 Bioremediation Methods 51\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5 Conclusion 63\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 63\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Bioremediation of Heavy Metals \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e67\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eTanmoy Paul and Nimai C. Saha\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Introduction 67\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Ubiquitous Heavy Metal Contamination – The Global Scenario 68\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Health Hazards from Heavy Metal Pollution 69\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 Decontaminating Heavy Metals – The Conventional Strategies 71\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5 Bioremediation – The Emerging Sustainable Strategy 72\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6 Conclusion 78\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 79\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 Bioremediation of Pesticides Containing Soil and Water \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e83\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eVeena S. More, Allwin Ebinesar Jacob Samuel Sehar, Anagha P. Sheshadri, Sangeetha Rajanna, Anantharaju Kurupalya Shivram, Aneesa Fasim, Archana Rao, Prakruthi Acharya, Sikandar Mulla, and Sunil S. More\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Introduction 83\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 Pesticide Biomagnification and Consequences 84\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 Ill Effects of Biomagnification 84\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 Bioremediation 85\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5 Methods Used in Bioremediation Process 86\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6 Bioremediation Process Using Biological Mediators 88\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.7 Factors Affecting Bioremediation 90\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.8 Future Perspectives 91\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 91\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 Bioremediation of Plastics and Polythene in Marine Water \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e95\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eTarun Gangar and Sanjukta Patra\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 Introduction 95\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 Plastic Pollution: A Threat to the Marine Ecosystem 96\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 Micro- and Nanoplastics 96\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4 Microbes Involved in the Degradation of Plastic and Related Polymers 99\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5 Enzymes Responsible for Biodegradation 101\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6 Mechanism of Biodegradation 102\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.7 Biotechnology in Plastic Bioremediation 104\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.8 Future Perspectives: Development of More Refined Bioremediation Technologies as a Step Toward Zero Waste Strategy 106\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgment 106\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConflict of Interest 107\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 107\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart III Biological Degradation Systems \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e111\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 Microbes and their Consortia as Essential Additives for the Composting of Solid Waste \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e113\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eMansi Rastogi and Sheetal Barapatre\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 Introduction 113\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 Classification of Solid Waste 113\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3 Role of Microbes in Composting 114\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4 Effect of Microbial Consortia on Solid Waste Composting 116\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5 Benefits of Microbe-Amended Compost 119\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 119\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e9 Biodegradation of Plastics by Microorganisms \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e123\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eMd. Anisur R. Mazumder, Md. Fahad Jubayer, and Thottiam V. Ranganathan\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1 Introduction 123\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2 Definition and Classification of Plastics 124\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3 Biodegradation of Plastics 128\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4 Current Trends and Future Prospects 136\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eList of Abbreviations 137\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 138\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e10 Enzyme Technology for the Degradation of Lignocellulosic Waste \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e143\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eSwarrna Haldar and Soumitra Banerjee\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1 Introduction 143\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2 Enzymes Required for the Degradation of Lignocellulosic Waste 144\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3 Utilizing Enzymes for the Degradation of Lignocellulosic Waste 150\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4 Conclusion 150\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 150\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e11 Usage of Microalgae: A Sustainable Approach to Wastewater Treatment \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e155\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eKumudini B. Satyan, Michael V. L. Chhandama, and Dhanya V. Ranjit\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1 Introduction 155\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2 Microalgae for Wastewater Treatment 158\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3 Cultivation of Microalgae in Wastewater 162\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4 Algae as a Source of Bioenergy 164\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5 Conclusion 166\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 166\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart IV Bioleaching and Biosorption of Waste: Approaches and Utilization \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e171\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e12 Microbes and Agri-Food Waste as Novel Sources of Biosorbents \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e173\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eSimranjeet Singh, Praveen C. Ramamurthy, Vijay Kumar, Dhriti Kapoor, Vaishali Dhaka, and Joginder Singh\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.1 Introduction 173\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2 Conventional Methods for Agri-Food Waste Treatment 175\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3 Application of the Biosorption Processes 176\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4 Use of Genetically Engineered Microorganisms and Agri-Food Waste 178\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.5 Biosorption Potential of Microbes and Agri-Food Waste 179\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.6 Modification, Parameter Optimization, and Recovery 180\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.7 Immobilization of Biosorbent 182\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.8 Conclusions 183\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 185\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e13 Biosorption of Heavy Metals and Metal-Complexed Dyes Under the Influence of Various Physicochemical Parameters \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e189\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eAllwin Ebinesar Jacob Samuel Sehar, Veena S. More, Amrutha Gudibanda Ramesh, and Sunil S. More\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.1 Introduction 189\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2 Mechanisms Involved in Biosorption of Toxic Heavy Metal Ions and Dyes 191\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3 Chemistry of Heavy Metals in Water 191\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4 Chemistry of Metal-Complexed Dyes 192\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.5 Microbial Species Used for the Removal of Metals and Metal-Complexed Dyes 192\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.6 Industrial Application on the Biosorption of Heavy Metals 195\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.7 Biosorption of Reactive Dyes 198\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.8 Metal-Complexed Dyes 199\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.9 Biosorption of Metal-Complexed Dyes 200\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.10 Conclusion 203\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 203\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e14 Recovery of Precious Metals from Electronic and Other Secondary Solid Waste by Bioleaching Approach \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e207\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eDayanand Peter, Leonard Shruti Arputha Sakayaraj, and Thottiam Vasudevan Ranganathan\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.1 Introduction 207\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.2 What Is Bioleaching? 208\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.3 E-Waste, What Are They? 210\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.4 Role of Microbes in Bioleaching of E-Waste 212\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5 Application of Bioleaching for Recovery of Individual Metals 214\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.6 Large-Scale Bioleaching of E-Waste 215\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.7 Future Aspects 215\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eList of Abbreviations 216\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 216\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart V Bioreactors for Zero Waste \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e219\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e15 Photobiological Reactors for the Degradation of Harmful Compounds in Wastewaters \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e221\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eNaveen B. Kilaru, Nelluri K. Durga Devi, and Kondepati Haritha\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.1 Introduction 221\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.2 Photobiological Agents and Methods Used in PhotoBiological Reactors 222\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.3 Conclusion 238\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgment 238\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 239\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e16 Bioreactors for the Production of Industrial Chemicals and Bioenergy Recovery from Waste \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e241\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eGargi Ghoshal\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.1 Introduction 241\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.2 Basic Biohydrogen-Manufacturing Technologies and their Deficiency 244\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.3 Overview of Anaerobic Membrane Bioreactors 246\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.4 Factors Affecting Biohydrogen Production in AnMBRs 248\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.5 Techniques to Improve Biohydrogen Production 252\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.6 Environmental and Economic Assessment of BioHydrogen Production in AnMBRs 253\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.7 Future Perspectives of Biohydrogen Production 253\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.8 Products Based on Solid-State Fermenter 253\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.9 Koji Fermenters for SSF for Production of Different Chemicals 257\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.10 Recent Research on Biofuel Manufacturing in Bioreactors Other than Biohydrogen 258\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 259\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart VI Waste2Energy with Biotechnology: Feasibilities and Challenges \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e263\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e17 Utilization of Microbial Potential for Bioethanol Production from Lignocellulosic Waste \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e265\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eManisha Rout, Bithika Sardar, Puneet K. Singh, Ritesh Pattnaik, and Snehasish Mishra\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.1 Introduction 265\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.2 Processing of Lignocellulosic Biomass to Ethanol 268\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.3 Biological Pretreatment 271\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.4 Enzymatic Hydrolysis 276\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.5 Fermentation 277\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.6 Conclusion and Future Prospects 279\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 280\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e18 Advancements in Bio-hydrogen Production from Waste Biomass \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e283\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eShyamali Sarma and Sankar Chakma\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.1 Introduction 283\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.2 Routes of Production 285\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.3 Biomass as Feedstock for Biohydrogen 286\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.4 Factors Affecting Biohydrogen 288\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.5 Strategies to Enhance Microbial Hydrogen Production 292\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.6 Future Perspectives and Conclusion 297\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 297\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e19 Reaping of Bio-Energy from Waste Using Microbial Fuel Cell Technology \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e303\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eSenthilkumar Kandasamy, Naveenkumar Manickam, and Samraj Sadhappa\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.1 Introduction 303\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.2 Microbial Fuel Cell Components and Process 306\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.3 Application of Microbial Fuel Cell to the Social Relevance 309\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.4 Conclusion and Future Perspectives 311\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 311\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e20 Application of Sustainable Micro-Algal Species in the Production of Bioenergy for Environmental Sustainability \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e315\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eSenthilkumar Kandasamy, Jayabharathi Jayabalan, and Balaji Dhandapani\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.1 Introduction 315\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.2 Cultivation and Processing of Microalgae 317\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.3 Genetic Engineering for the Improvement of Microalgae 326\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.4 Conclusion and Challenges in Commercializing Microalgae 327\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 327\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart VII Emerging Technologies (Nano Biotechnology) for Zero Waste \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e329\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e21 Nanomaterials and Biopolymers for the Remediation of Polluted Sites \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e331\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eMinchitha K. Umesha, Sadhana Venkatesh, and Swetha Seshagiri\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.1 Introduction 331\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.2 Water Remediation 332\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.3 Soil Remediation 336\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 339\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e22 Biofunctionalized Nanomaterials for Sensing and Bioremediation of Pollutants \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e343\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eSatyam and S. Patra\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.1 Introduction 343\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.2 Synthesis and Surface Modification Strategies for Nanoparticles 345\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.3 Binding Techniques for Biofunctionalization of Nanoparticles 345\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.4 Commonly Functionalized Biomaterials and Their Role in Remediation 348\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.5 Biofunctionalized Nanoparticle-Based Sensors for Environmental Application 354\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.6 Limitation of Biofunctionalized Nanoparticles for Environmental Application 355\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.7 Future Perspective 356\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.8 Conclusion 356\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgment 357\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 357\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e23 Biogeneration of Valuable Nanomaterials from Food and Other Wastes \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e361\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eAmrutha B. Mahanthesh, Swarrna Haldar, and Soumitra Banerjee\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e23.1 Introduction 361\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e23.2 Green Synthesis of Nanomaterials by Using Food and Agricultural Waste 362\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e23.3 Synthesis of Bionanoparticles from Food and Agricultural Waste 362\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e23.4 Conclusion 365\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments 365\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 365\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e24 Biosynthesis of Nanoparticles Using Agriculture and Horticulture Waste \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e369\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eVinayaka B. Shet, Keshava Joshi, Lokeshwari Navalgund, and Ujwal Puttur\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e24.1 Introduction 369\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e24.2 Agricultural and Horticultural Waste 370\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e24.3 Biosynthesis of Nanoparticle 370\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e24.4 Characterization of Biosynthesized Nanoparticles 373\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e24.5 Applications of Biosynthesized Nanoparticles 375\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 377\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e25 Nanobiotechnology – A Green Solution \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e379\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eBaishakhi De and Tridib K. Goswami\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e25.1 Introduction 379\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e25.2 Nanotechnology and Nanobiotechnology – The Green Processes and Technologies 381\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e25.3 The Versatile Role of Nanotechnology and Nanobiotechnology 385\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e25.4 Nanotechnologies inWaste Reduction and Management 390\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e25.5 Conclusion 393\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 393\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e26 Novel Biotechnological Approaches for Removal of Emerging Contaminants \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e397\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eSangeetha Gandhi Sivasubramaniyan, Senthilkumar Kandasamy, and Naveen kumar Manickam\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e26.1 Introduction 397\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e26.2 Classification of Emerging Contaminants 397\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e26.3 Various Sources of ECs 399\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e26.4 Need of Removal of ECs 400\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e26.5 Methods of Treatment of EC 400\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e26.6 Biotechnological Approaches for the Removal of ECs 401\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e26.7 Conclusion 406\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 407\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart VIII Economics and Commercialization of Zero Waste Biotechnologies \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e409\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e27 Bioconversion of Waste to Wealth as Circular Bioeconomy Approach \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e411\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eDayanand Peter, Jaya Rathinam, and Ranganathan T. Vasudevan\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e27.1 Introduction 411\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e27.2 Biovalorization of Organic Waste 413\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e27.3 Bioeconomy Waste Production and Management 414\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e27.4 Concerns About Managing Food Waste in Achieving Circular Bioeconomy Policies 416\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e27.5 Economics of Bioeconomy 417\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e27.6 Entrepreneurship in Bioeconomy 417\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e27.7 Conclusion 418\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eList of Abbreviations 418\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 418\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e28 Bioconversion of Food Waste to Wealth – Circular Bioeconomy Approach \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e421\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eRajam Ramasamy and Parthasarathi Subramanian\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e28.1 Introduction 421\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e28.2 Circular Bioeconomy 422\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e28.3 Food Waste Management Current Practices 424\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e28.4 Techniques for Bioconversion of Food Waste Toward Circular Bioeconomy Approach 425\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e28.5 Conclusion 435\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 435\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e29 Zero-Waste Biorefineries for Circular Economy \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e439\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003ePuneet K. Singh, Pooja Shukla, Sunil K. Verma, Snehasish Mishra, and Pankaj K. Parhi\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e29.1 Introduction 439\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e29.2 Bioenergy, Bioeconomy, and Biorefineries 440\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e29.3 Bioeconomic Strategies Around the World 443\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e29.4 Challenging Factors and Impact on Bioeconomy 445\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e29.5 Effect of Increased CO2 Concentration, Sequestration, and Circular Economy 447\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e29.6 Carbon Sequestration in India 447\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e29.7 Methods for CO2 Capture 448\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e29.8 Conclusion and Future Approach 451\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 452\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e30 Feasibility and Economics of Biobutanol from Lignocellulosic and Starchy Residues \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e457\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eSandesh Kanthakere\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e30.1 Introduction 457\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e30.2 Opportunities and Future of Zero Waste Biobutanol 458\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e30.3 Generation of Lignocellulosic and Starchy Wastes 459\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e30.4 Value Added Products from Lignocellulose and Starchy Residues 462\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e30.5 Conclusion 468\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 468\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e31 Critical Issues That Can Underpin the Drive for Sustainable Anaerobic Biorefinery \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e473\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eSpyridon Achinas\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e31.1 Introduction 473\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e31.2 Biogas – An Energy Vector 474\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e31.3 Anaerobic Biorefinery Approach 475\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e31.4 Technological Trends and Challenges in the Anaerobic Biorefinery 477\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e31.5 Perspectives Toward the Revitalization of the Anaerobic Biorefineries 482\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e31.6 Conclusion 485\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConflict of Interest 485\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 485\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e32 Microbiology of Biogas Production from Food Waste: Current Status, Challenges, and Future Needs \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e491\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eVanajakshi Vasudeva, Inchara Crasta, and Sandeep N. Mudliar\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e32.1 Introduction 491\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e32.2 Fundamentals for Accomplishing National Biofuel Policy 492\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e32.3 Significances of Anaerobic Microbiology in Biogas Process 493\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e32.4 Microbiology and Physico-Chemical Process in AD 493\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e32.5 Pretreatment 496\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e32.6 Variations in Anaerobic Digestion 496\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e32.7 Factors Influencing Biogas Production 497\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e32.8 Application of Metagenomics 502\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e32.9 Conclusions and Future Needs 504\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eList of Abbreviations 504\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 505\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart IX Green and Sustainable future (Zero Waste and Zero Emissions) \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e507\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e33 Valorization of Waste Cooking Oil into Biodiesel, Biolubricants, and Other Products \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e509\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eMurlidhar Meghwal, Harita Desai, Sanchita Baisya, Arpita Das, Sanghmitra Gade, Rekha Rani, Kalyan Das, and Ravi Kumar Kadeppagari\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e33.1 Introduction 509\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e33.2 Treatment 510\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e33.3 Evaluation of Waste Cooking Oil and Valorized Cooking Oil 511\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e33.4 Versatile Products as an Outcome of Valorized Waste Cooking Oil 512\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e33.5 Conclusion 516\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 517\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e34 Agri and Food Waste Valorization Through the Production of Biochemicals and Packaging Materials \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e521\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eA. Jagannath and Pooja J. Rao\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e34.1 Introduction 521\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e34.2 Importance 522\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e34.3 Worldwide Initiatives 522\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e34.4 Composition-Based Solutions and Approaches 523\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e34.5 Biochemicals 523\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e34.6 Biofuels 526\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e34.7 Packaging Materials and Bioplastics 526\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e34.8 Green Valorization 531\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e34.9 Conclusion 531\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 532\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e35 Edible Coatings and Films from Agricultural and Marine Food Wastes \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e543\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eC. Naga Deepika, Murlidhar Meghwal, Pramod K. Prabhakar, Anurag Singh, Rekha Rani, and Ravi Kumar Kadeppagari\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e35.1 Introduction 543\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e35.2 Sources of Food Waste 544\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e35.3 Film\/Coating Made from Agri-Food Waste 545\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e35.4 Film\/Coating Materials from Marine Biowaste 548\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e35.5 Film\/Coating Formation Methods 550\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e35.6 Conclusion 552\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 553\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e36 Valorization of By-Products of Milk Fat Processing \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e557\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eMenon R. Ravindra, Monika Sharma, Rajesh Krishnegowda, and Amanchi Sangma\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e36.1 Introduction 557\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e36.2 Processing of Milk Fat and Its By-Products 558\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e36.3 Valorization of Buttermilk 558\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e36.4 Valorization of Ghee Residue 562\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e36.5 Conclusion 565\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 565\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 569\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743124795735,"sku":"9783527348985","price":999.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}]},{"product_id":"nanotechnology-for-environmental-remediation-9783527349272","title":"Nanotechnology for Environmental Remediation","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eNanotechnology for Environmental Remediation\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eComprehensive resource on using nanomaterials to alleviate environmental pollution\u003c\/b\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eContaminated land, soil and water pose a threat to the environment and health. These sites require immediate action in terms of assessing pollution and new remediation strategies. \u003ci\u003eNanotechnology for Environmental Remediation\u003c\/i\u003e helps readers understand the potential of nanotechnology in resolving the growing problem of environmental contamination.  \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe specific aim of this book is to provide comprehensive information relating to the progress in the development of functional nanomaterials and nanocomposites which are used for the environmental remediation of a variety of contaminants. The work deals with the different aspects of nanotechnology in water, air and soil contamination and presents the recent advances with a focus on remediation. Core topics discussed in the work include:  \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNanotechnology that can be used to engineer and tailor particles for specific environmental remediation applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA big-picture conceptual understanding of environmental remediation methods for researchers, environmentalists and professionals involved in assessing and developing new nano-based strategies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA detailed approach towards the different remediation procedures by various nanomaterials such as metal nanoparticles, polymeric nanoparticles, carbon nanotubes, and dendrimers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe societal impact that nanotechnology has on the environment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp\u003eChemists and biotechnologists can use \u003ci\u003eNanotechnology for Environmental Remediation\u003c\/i\u003e as a comprehensive reference work for thoroughly understanding this new type of technology and why it is so important when considering environmental remediation efforts. Due to the practical application of nanotechnologies, environmental organizations and agencies can also both utilize the work to explore new and more effective ways of doing things, both now and into the future as nanotechnology becomes more common.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e1.Science and Technology of Nanomaterials: Introduction\u003cbr\u003e 2.Nanobioremediation\u003cbr\u003e 3.Nanotechnology in soil remediation \u003cbr\u003e 4.Nanotechnology in water treatment\u003cbr\u003e 5.Nanotechnology in air pollution remediation\u003cbr\u003e 6.Nanomaterials in filtration\u003cbr\u003e 7.Nanoadsorbents for environmental remediation\u003cbr\u003e 8.Iron nanoparticles for environmental remediation\u003cbr\u003e 9.Metal oxide nanoparticles for environmental remediation\u003cbr\u003e 10.Biopolymeric nanoparticles for environmental remediation\u003cbr\u003e 11.Functionalized nanoparticles for environmental remediation\u003cbr\u003e 12.Dendrimers for environmental remediation \u003cbr\u003e 13.Nanocrystals for environmental remediation\u003cbr\u003e 14.Carbon nanotubes for environmental remediation\u003cbr\u003e 15.Enzyme nanoparticles for environmental remediation\u003cbr\u003e 16.Nanofibres for environmental remediation\u003cbr\u003e 17.Nanocomposites for environmental remediation\u003cbr\u003e 18.Nanocatalysts in environmental applications\u003cbr\u003e 19.Aerogels for environmental remediation\u003cbr\u003e 20.Nanomaterials based environmental sensors\u003cbr\u003e 21.Intelligent nanomaterials for environmental remediation\u003cbr\u003e 22.Environmental Toxicology of Nanomaterials: Challenges\u003cbr\u003e 23.Societal impact of nanomaterials\u003cbr\u003e 24.LCA of nanomaterials for bioremediation\u003cbr\u003e","brand":"Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743125025111,"sku":"9783527349272","price":999.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}]},{"product_id":"advanced-chemical-process-control-putting-theory-into-practice-9783527352234","title":"Advanced Chemical Process Control: Putting Theory","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eAdvanced Chemical Process Control\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eBridge the gap between theory and practice with this accessible guide\u003c\/b\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eProcess control is an area of study which seeks to optimize industrial processes, applying different strategies and technologies as required to navigate the variety of processes and their many potential challenges. Though the body of chemical process control theory is robust, it is only in recent decades that it has been effectively integrated with industrial practice to form a flexible toolkit. The need for a guide to this integration of theory and practice has therefore never been more urgent. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eAdvanced Chemical Process Control \u003c\/i\u003emeets this need, making advanced chemical process control accessible and useful to chemical engineers with little grounding in the theoretical principles of the subject. It provides a basic introduction to the background and mathematics of control theory, before turning to the implementation of control principles in industrial contexts. The result is a bridge between the insights of control theory and the needs of engineers in plants, factories, research facilities, and beyond. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eAdvanced Chemical Process Control \u003c\/i\u003ereaders will also find: \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDetailed overview of Control Performance Monitoring (CPM), Model Predictive Control (MPC), and more\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiscussion of the cost benefit analysis of improved control in particular jobs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAuthored by a leading international expert on chemical process control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eAdvanced Chemical Process Control \u003c\/i\u003eis essential for chemical and process engineers looking to develop a working knowledge of process control, as well as for students and graduates entering the chemical process control field.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003ePreface xvii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments xxi\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcronyms xxiii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIntroduction xxv\u003cb\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 Mathematical and Control Theory Background 1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 Introduction 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 Models for Dynamical Systems 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.1 Dynamical Systems in Continuous Time 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.2 Dynamical Systems in Discrete Time 2\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.3 Linear Models and Linearization 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.3.1 Linearization at a Given Point 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.3.2 Linearizing Around a Trajectory 6\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.4 Converting Between Continuous- and Discrete-Time Models 6\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.4.1 Time Delay in the Manipulated Variables 7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.4.2 Time Delay in the Measurements 9\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.5 Laplace Transform 9\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.6 The z Transform 10\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.7 Similarity Transformations 11\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.8 Minimal Representation 11\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.9 Scaling 14\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3 Analyzing Linear Dynamical Systems 15\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.1 Transfer Functions of Composite Systems 15\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.1.1 Series Interconnection 15\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.1.2 Parallel Systems 16\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.1.3 Feedback Connection 16\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.1.4 Commonly Used Closed-Loop Transfer Functions 17\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.1.5 The Push-Through Rule 17\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4 Poles and Zeros of Transfer Functions 18\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.1 Poles of Multivariable Systems 19\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.2 Pole Directions 19\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.3 Zeros of Multivariable Systems 20\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.4 Zero Directions 22\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5 Stability 23\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.1 Poles and Zeros of Discrete-Time Transfer Functions 23\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.2 Frequency Analysis 24\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.2.1 Steady-State Phase Adjustment 26\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.3 Bode Diagrams 27\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.3.1 Bode Diagram Asymptotes 27\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.3.2 Minimum Phase Systems 29\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.3.3 Frequency Analysis for Discrete-Time Systems 30\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.4 Assessing Closed-Loop Stability Using the Open-Loop Frequency Response 31\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.4.1 The Principle of the Argument and the Nyquist D-Contour 31\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.4.2 The Multivariable Nyquist Theorem 32\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.4.3 The Monovariable Nyquist Theorem 32\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.4.4 The Bode Stability Criterion 32\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.4.5 Some Remarks on Stability Analysis Using the Frequency Response 35\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.4.6 The Small Gain Theorem 36\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.5 Controllability 37\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.6 Observability 38\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.7 Some Comments on Controllability and Observability 39\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.8 Stabilizability 40\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.9 Detectability 40\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.10 Hidden Modes 41\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.11 Internal Stability 41\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.12 Coprime Factorizations 43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.12.1 Inner–Outer Factorization 44\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.12.2 Normalized Coprime Factorization 44\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.13 Parametrization of All Stabilizing Controllers 44\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.13.1 Stable Plants 45\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.13.2 Unstable Plants 45\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.14 Hankel Norm and Hankel Singular Values 46\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 47\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 49\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 Control Configuration and Controller Tuning 51\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Common Control Loop Structures for the Regulatory Control Layer 51\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.1 Simple Feedback Loop 51\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.2 Feedforward Control 51\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.3 Ratio Control 54\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.4 Cascade Control 54\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.5 Auctioneering Control 55\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.6 Split Range Control 56\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.7 Input Resetting Control 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.8 Selective Control 59\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.9 Combining Basic Single-Loop Control Structures 60\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.10 Decoupling 61\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 Input and Output Selection 62\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.1 Using Physical Insights 63\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.2 Gramian-Based Input and Output Selection 64\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.3 Input\/Output Selection for Stabilization 65\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 Control Configuration 66\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.1 The Relative Gain Array 66\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.2 The RGA as a General Analysis Tool 68\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.2.1 The RGA and Zeros in the Right Half-Plane 68\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.2.2 The RGA and the Optimally Scaled Condition Number 68\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.2.3 The RGA and Individual Element Uncertainty 69\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.2.4 RGA and Diagonal Input Uncertainty 69\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.2.5 The RGA as an Interaction Measure 70\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.3 The RGA and Stability 70\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.3.1 The RGA and Pairing of Controlled and Manipulated Variables 71\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.4 Summary of RGA-Based Input–Output Pairing 72\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.5 Partial Relative Gains 72\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.6 The Niederlinski Index 73\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.7 The Rijnsdorp Interaction Measure 73\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.8 Gramian-Based Input–Output Pairing 74\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.8.1 The Participation Matrix 75\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.8.2 The Hankel Interaction Index Array 75\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.8.3 Accounting for the Closed-Loop Bandwidth 76\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4 Tuning of Decentralized Controllers 76\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.1 Introduction 76\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.2 Loop Shaping Basics 77\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.3 Tuning of Single-Loop Controllers 79\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.3.1 PID Controller Realizations and Common Modifications 79\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.3.2 Controller Tuning Using Frequency Analysis 81\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.3.3 Ziegler–Nichols Closed-Loop Tuning Method 86\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.3.4 Simple Fitting of a Step Response Model 86\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.3.5 Ziegler–Nichols Open-Loop Tuning 88\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.3.6 IMC-PID Tuning 88\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.3.7 Simple IMC Tuning 89\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.3.8 The Setpoint Overshoot Method 91\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.3.9 Autotuning 95\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.3.10 When Should Derivative Action Be Used? 95\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.3.11 Effects of Internal Controller Scaling 96\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.3.12 Reverse Acting Controllers 97\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.4 Gain Scheduling 97\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.5 Surge Attenuating Controllers 98\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.6 Multiloop Controller Tuning 99\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.6.1 Independent Design 100\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.6.2 Sequential Design 102\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.6.3 Simultaneous Design 103\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.7 Tools for Multivariable Loop-Shaping 103\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.7.1 The Performance Relative Gain Array 103\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.7.2 The Closed-Loop Disturbance Gain 104\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.7.3 Illustrating the Use of CLDG’s for Controller Tuning 104\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.7.4 Unachievable Loop Gain Requirements 107\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 108\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 112\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 Control Structure Selection and Plantwide Control 115\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 General Approach and Problem Decomposition 115\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.1 Top-Down Analysis 115\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.1.1 Defining and Exploring Optimal Operation 115\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.1.2 Determining Where to Set the Throughput 116\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.2 Bottom-Up Design 116\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Regulatory Control 117\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.1 Example: Regulatory Control of Liquid Level in a Deaeration Tower 118\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Determining Degrees of Freedom 121\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 Selection of Controlled Variables 122\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.1 Problem Formulation 123\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.2 Selecting Controlled Variables by Direct Evaluation of Loss 124\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.3 Controlled Variable Selection Based on Local Analysis 125\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.3.1 The Minimum Singular Value Rule 127\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.3.2 Desirable Characteristics of the Controlled Variables 128\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.4 An Exact Local Method for Controlled Variable Selection 128\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.5 Measurement Combinations as Controlled Variables 130\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.5.1 The Nullspace Method for Selecting Controlled Variables 130\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.5.2 Extending the Nullspace Method to Account for Implementation Error 130\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.6 The Validity of the Local Analysis for Controlled Variable Selection 131\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5 Selection of Manipulated Variables 132\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.1 Verifying that the Proposed Manipulated Variables Make Acceptable Control Possible 133\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.2 Reviewing the Characteristics of the Proposed Manipulated Variables 134\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6 Selection of Measurements 135\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7 Mass Balance Control and Throughput Manipulation 136\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7.1 Consistency of Inventory Control 138\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 140\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 141\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Limitations on Achievable Performance 143\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Performance Measures 143\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.1 Time-Domain Performance Measures 143\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.2 Frequency-Domain Performance Measures 145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.2.1 Bandwidth Frequency 145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.2.2 Peaks of Closed-Loop Transfer Functions 146\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.2.3 Bounds on Weighted System Norms 146\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.2.4 Gain and Phase Margin 147\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 Algebraic Limitations 148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1 S + T = I 148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.2 Interpolation Constraints 148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.2.1 Monovariable Systems 148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.2.2 Multivariable Systems 149\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 Control Performance in Different Frequency Ranges 149\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.1 Sensitivity Integrals and Right Half-Plane Zeros 149\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.1.1 Multivariable Systems 150\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.2 Sensitivity Integrals and Right Half-Plane Poles 150\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.3 Combined Effects of RHP Poles and Zeros 150\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.4 Implications of the Sensitivity Integral Results 150\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 Bounds on Closed-Loop Transfer Functions 151\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.1 The Maximum Modulus Principle 152\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.1.1 The Maximum Modulus Principle 152\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.2 Minimum Phase and Stable Versions of the Plant 152\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.3 Bounds on S and T 153\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.3.1 Monovariable Systems 153\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.3.2 Multivariable Systems 153\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.4 Bounds on KS and KSG d 154\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5 ISE Optimal Control 156\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6 Bandwidth and Crossover Frequency Limitations 156\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6.1 Bounds from ISE Optimal Control 156\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6.2 Bandwidth Bounds from Weighted Sensitivity Minimization 157\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6.3 Bound from Negative Phase 158\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.7 Bounds on the Step Response 158\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.8 Bounds for Disturbance Rejection 160\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.8.1 Inputs for Perfect Control 161\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.8.2 Inputs for Acceptable Control 161\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.8.3 Disturbances and RHP Zeros 161\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.8.4 Disturbances and Stabilization 162\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.9 Limitations from Plant Uncertainty 164\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.9.1 Describing Uncertainty 165\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.9.2 Feedforward Control and the Effects of Uncertainty 166\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.9.3 Feedback and the Effects of Uncertainty 167\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.9.4 Bandwidth Limitations from Uncertainty 168\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 168\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 170\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Model-Based Predictive Control 173\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Introduction 173\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Formulation of a QP Problem for MPC 175\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.1 Future States as Optimization Variables 179\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.2 Using the Model Equation to Substitute for the Plant States 180\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.3 Optimizing Deviations from Linear State Feedback 181\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.4 Constraints Beyond the End of the Prediction Horizon 182\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.5 Finding the Terminal Constraint Set 183\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.6 Feasible Region and Prediction Horizon 184\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Step-Response Models 185\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 Updating the Process Model 186\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.1 Bias Update 186\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.2 Kalman Filter and Extended Kalman Filters 187\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.2.1 Augmenting a Disturbance Description 188\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.2.2 The Extended Kalman Filter 189\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.2.3 The Iterated Extended Kalman Filter 189\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.3 Unscented Kalman Filter 190\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.4 Receding Horizon Estimation 193\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.4.1 The Arrival Cost 195\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.4.2 The Filtering Formulation of RHE 196\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.4.3 The Smoothing Formulation of RHE 196\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.5 Concluding Comments on State Estimation 198\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5 Disturbance Handling and Offset-Free Control 199\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.1 Feedforward from Measured Disturbances 199\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.2 Requirements for Offset-Free Control 199\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.3 Disturbance Estimation and Offset-Free Control 200\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.4 Augmenting the Model with Integrators at the Plant Input 203\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.5 Augmenting the Model with Integrators at the Plant Output 205\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.6 MPC and Integrator Resetting 208\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6 Feasibility and Constraint Handling 210\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7 Closed-Loop Stability with MPC Controllers 212\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.8 Target Calculation 213\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.9 Speeding up MPC Calculations 217\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.9.1 Warm-Starting the Optimization 218\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.9.2 Input Blocking 219\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.9.3 Enlarging the Terminal Region 220\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.10 Robustness of MPC Controllers 222\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.11 Using Rigorous Process Models in MPC 225\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.12 Misconceptions, Clarifications, and Challenges 226\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.12.1 Misconceptions 226\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.12.1.1 MPC Is Not Good for Performance 226\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.12.1.2 MPC Requires Very Accurate Models 227\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.12.1.3 MPC Cannot Prioritize Input Usage or Constraint Violations 227\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.12.2 Challenges 227\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.12.2.1 Obtaining a Plant Model 228\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.12.2.2 Maintenance 228\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.12.2.3 Capturing the Desired Behavior in the MPC Design 228\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 228\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 231\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 Some Practical Issues in Controller Implementation 233\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Discrete-Time Implementation 233\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.1 Aliasing 233\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.2 Sampling Interval 233\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.3 Execution Order 235\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 Pure Integrators in Parallel 235\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 Anti-Windup 236\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.1 Simple PI Control Anti-Windup 237\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.2 Velocity Form of PI Controllers 237\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.3 Anti-Windup in Cascaded Control Systems 238\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.4 A General Anti-Windup Formulation 239\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.5 Hanus’ Self-Conditioned Form 240\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.6 Anti-Windup in Observer-Based Controllers 241\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.7 Decoupling and Input Constraints 243\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.8 Anti-Windup for “Normally Closed” Controllers 244\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 Bumpless Transfer 245\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.1 Switching Between Manual and Automatic Operation 245\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.2 Changing Controller Parameters 246\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 246\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 247\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 Controller Performance Monitoring and Diagnosis 249\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 Introduction 249\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 Detection of Oscillating Control Loops 251\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.1 The Autocorrelation Function 251\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.2 The Power Spectrum 252\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.3 The Method of Miao and Seborg 252\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.4 The Method of Hägglund 253\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.5 The Regularity Index 254\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.6 The Method of Forsman and Stattin 255\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.7 Prefiltering Data 255\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 Oscillation Diagnosis 256\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.1 Manual Oscillation Diagnosis 256\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.2 Detecting and Diagnosing Valve Stiction 257\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.2.1 Using the Cross-Correlation Function to Detect Valve Stiction 257\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.2.2 Histograms for Detecting Valve Stiction 258\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.2.3 Stiction Detection Using an OP–PV Plot 260\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.3 Stiction Compensation 262\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.4 Detection of Backlash 263\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.5 Backlash Compensation 264\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.6 Simultaneous Stiction and Backlash Detection 265\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.7 Discriminating Between External and Internally Generated Oscillations 266\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.8 Detecting and Diagnosing Other Nonlinearities 266\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4 Plantwide Oscillations 269\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.1 Grouping Oscillating Variables 269\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.1.1 Spectral Principal Component Analysis 269\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.1.2 Visual Inspection Using High-Density Plots 269\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.1.3 Power Spectral Correlation Maps 270\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.1.4 The Spectral Envelope Method 271\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.1.5 Methods Based on Adaptive Data Analysis 272\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.2 Locating the Cause for Distributed Oscillations 273\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.2.1 Using Nonlinearity for Root Cause Location 273\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.2.2 The Oscillation Contribution Index 273\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.2.3 Estimating the Propagation Path for Disturbances 274\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5 Control Loop Performance Monitoring 278\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5.1 The Harris Index 278\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5.2 Obtaining the Impulse Response Model 279\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5.3 Calculating the Harris Index 280\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5.4 Estimating the Deadtime 281\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5.5 Modifications to the Harris Index 282\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5.6 Assessing Feedforward Control 283\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5.7 Comments on the Use of the Harris Index 285\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5.8 Performance Monitoring for PI Controllers 286\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6 Multivariable Control Performance Monitoring 287\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6.1 Assessing Feedforward Control in Multivariable Control 287\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6.2 Performance Monitoring for MPC Controllers 288\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.7 Some Issues in the Implementation of Control Performance Monitoring 290\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.8 Discussion 290\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 291\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 291\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 Economic Control Benefit Assessment 297\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 Optimal Operation and Operational Constraints 297\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 Economic Performance Functions 298\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3 Expected Economic Benefit 299\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4 Estimating Achievable Variance Reduction 300\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5 Worst-Case Backoff Calculation 300\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 301\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA Fourier–Motzkin Elimination 303\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eB Removal of Redundant Constraints 307\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReference 308\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eC The Singular Value Decomposition 309\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eD Factorization of Transfer Functions into Minimum Phase Stable and All-Pass Parts 311\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eD. 1 Input Factorization of RHP Zeros 312\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eD. 2 Output Factorization of RHP Zeros 312\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eD. 3 Output Factorization of RHP Poles 313\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eD. 4 Input Factorization of RHP Poles 313\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eD. 5 SISO Systems 314\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eD. 6 Factoring Out Both RHP Poles and RHP Zeros 314\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReference 314\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eE Models Used in Examples 315\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eE.1 Binary Distillation Column Model 315\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eE.2 Fluid Catalytic Cracker Model 318\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 320\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 321\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743126827351,"sku":"9783527352234","price":85.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9783527352234.jpg?v=1720064227"},{"product_id":"powders-and-bulk-solids-behavior-characterization-storage-and-flow-9783540737674","title":"Powders and Bulk Solids: Behavior,","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe book concentrates on powder flow properties, their measurement and applications. These topics are explained starting from the interactions between individual particles up to the design of silos. A wide range of problems are discussed – such as flow obstructions, segregation, and vibrations. The goal is to provide a deeper understanding of the powder flow, and to show practical solutions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTrade Review\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAus den Rezensionen:  “... Im ersten Teil, der etwa 250 Seiten umfasst, gelingt es dem Autor durch anschauliche Abbildungen und eine verständliche Darstellung, dem Leser einen tiefen Einblick in die Schüttguttechnik zu geben. ... Trotz dieser Ausführlichkeit ... bleibt das Buch durch seine klare und übersichtliche Struktur gut lesbar. Im zweiten Teil ... fließen die ... praktischen Erfahrungen des Autors ein ... Das ... Ziel, einem breiten Leserkreis eine verständliche Einführung in die Welt der Schüttguttechnik zu geben ... wird voll und ganz erreicht. … Es ist seit langem das beste Buch …“ (R. Schmitt, in: Chemie Ingenieur Technik, April\/2010, Vol. 82, Issue 4, S. 553 f.)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFundamentals.- Flow properties of bulk solids.- Practical determination of flow properties.- A more detailed look at properties of bulk solids.- Discussion of testers and test procedures.- Properties exhibited by some bulk solids.- Examples of measured flow properties.- Stresses.- Silo design for flow.- Silo configurations.- Discharge of bulk solids.- Segregation.- Silo quaking and silo honking.- Sample problems and solutions.","brand":"Springer-Verlag Berlin and Heidelberg GmbH \u0026 Co. KG","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743131414871,"sku":"9783540737674","price":134.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9783540737674.jpg?v=1720064247"},{"product_id":"amorphous-chalcogenides-advances-and-applications-9789814411295","title":"Amorphous Chalcogenides: Advances and","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis book provides a comprehensive overview of the chalcogenide glass science and various applications based on the glasses. It starts with a review on the glass-forming ability of various systems, followed by a discussion on the structural and physical properties of various chalcolgenide glasses and their application in integrated optics. The chapters have been contributed by prominent experts from all over the world, and therefore, the book presents the recent research advances in the area. This book will appeal to anyone who is involved in glass science and technology and glass application.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eGlass formation in several novel chalcogenide systems. Relaxation and Fragility in Chalcogenide Network Glasses. Photoinduced deformations in chalcogenide glasses. Structural and Physical Properties of GexAsySe1-x-y Glasses. Atomistic Modeling and Simulations of Chalcogenide Glasses. Broadband Near Infrared Photoluminescence of Doped Chalcogenide glasses. Thin Film and Fiber Structures for Chemical and Biological Sensing. Fabrication of Passive and Active Tellurite Thin Films and Waveguides for Integrated Optics. \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Pan Stanford Publishing Pte Ltd","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743299252567,"sku":"9789814411295","price":109.25,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9789814411295.jpg?v=1720064987"},{"product_id":"9780128211793","title":"Chemical Engineering Design: Principles, Practice and Economics of Plant and Process Design","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePart I: Process Design 1. Introduction to Design 2. Process Flowsheet Development 3. Utilities and Energy Efficient Design 4. Process Simulation 5. Instrumentation and Process Control 6. Materials of Construction 7. Capital Cost Estimating 8. Estimating Revenues and Production Costs 9. Economic Evaluation of Projects 10. Safety and Loss Prevention 11. General Site Considerations 12. Optimization in Design   Part II: Plant Design 13. Equipment Selection, Specification and Design 14. Design of Pressure Vessels 15. Design of Reactors and Mixers 16. Separation of Fluids 17. Separation Columns (Distillation, Absorption and Extraction) 18. Specification and Design of Solids-Handling Equipment 19. Heat Transfer Equipment 20. Transport and Storage of Fluids","brand":"Elsevier - Health Sciences Division","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48864166707543,"sku":"9780128211793","price":89.96,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780128211793.jpg?v=1722270703"},{"product_id":"plastics-9780262547017","title":"Plastics","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e","brand":"MIT Press Ltd","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48864307970391,"sku":"9780262547017","price":14.39,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780262547017.jpg?v=1722271332"},{"product_id":"medicinal-natural-products-9780470741672","title":"Medicinal Natural Products","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMedicinal Natural Products: A Biosynthetic Approach, Third Edition, provides a comprehensive and balanced introduction to natural products from a biosynthetic perspective, focussing on the metabolic sequences leading to various classes of natural products.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTrade Review\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\"Students should be empowered for a deductive analysis of the presented substances.\" (\u003ci\u003eArzneimittelforschung\u003c\/i\u003e, December 2009)  \u003cp\u003e \"This new edition is an excellent text that is unrivaled in both its scope and overall coverage of natural products biosynthesis.\" (\u003ci\u003eJournal of Medicinal Chemistry\u003c\/i\u003e, August 2009)\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \"There is no question that this is the best book available on the biosynthesis and bio-organic chemistry of medicinally important natural products.\" (\u003ci\u003eEducation in Chemistry\u003c\/i\u003e, September 2009)\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 About this book, and how to use it \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe subject 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe aim 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe approach 2\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe topics 2\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe figures 2\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther reading 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhat to study 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhat to learn 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNomenclature 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConventions regarding acids, bases, and ions 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSome common abbreviations 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther reading 5\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 Secondary metabolism: the building blocks and construction mechanisms \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e7\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePrimary and secondary metabolism 7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe building blocks 8\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe construction mechanisms 11\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAlkylation reactions: nucleophilic substitution 12\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAlkylation reactions: electrophilic addition 12\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWagner–Meerwein rearrangements 15\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAldol and Claisen reactions 15\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eImine formation and the Mannich reaction 18\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAmino acids and transamination 20\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDecarboxylation reactions 22\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOxidation and reduction reactions 24\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDehydrogenases 24\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOxidases 26\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMonooxygenases 26\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDioxygenases 26\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAmine oxidases 27\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBaeyer–Villiger monooxygenases 27\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePhenolic oxidative coupling 28\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHalogenation reactions 28\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGlycosylation reactions 31\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eElucidating biosynthetic pathways 34\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther reading 38\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 The acetate pathway: fatty acids and polyketides \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e39\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFatty acid synthase: saturated fatty acids 39\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnsaturated fatty acids 44\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUncommon fatty acids 53\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProstaglandins 58\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThromboxanes 64\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLeukotrienes 64\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePolyketide synthases: generalities 66\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePolyketide synthases: macrolides 68\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePolyketide synthases: linear polyketides and polyethers 90\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDiels–Alder cyclizations 96\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePolyketide synthases: aromatics 96\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCyclizations 99\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePost-polyketide synthase modifications 103\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eStarter groups 116\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther reading 131\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 The shikimate pathway: aromatic amino acids and phenylpropanoids \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e137\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAromatic amino acids and simple benzoic acids 137\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePhenylpropanoids 148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCinnamic acids and esters 148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLignans and lignin 152\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePhenylpropenes 156\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBenzoic acids from C\u003csub\u003e6\u003c\/sub\u003eC\u003csub\u003e3\u003c\/sub\u003e compounds 157\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCoumarins 161\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAromatic polyketides 166\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eStyrylpyrones, diarylheptanoids 166\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFlavonoids and stilbenes 167\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFlavonolignans 173\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIsoflavonoids 174\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTerpenoid quinones 178\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther reading 184\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 The mevalonate and methylerythritol phosphate pathways: terpenoids and steroids \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e187\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMevalonic acid and methylerythritol phosphate 188\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHemiterpenes (C\u003csub\u003e5\u003c\/sub\u003e) 192\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMonoterpenes (C\u003csub\u003e10\u003c\/sub\u003e) 193\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIrregular monoterpenes 204\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIridoids (C\u003csub\u003e10\u003c\/sub\u003e) 206\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSesquiterpenes (C\u003csub\u003e15\u003c\/sub\u003e) 210\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDiterpenes (C\u003csub\u003e20\u003c\/sub\u003e) 223\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSesterterpenes (C\u003csub\u003e25\u003c\/sub\u003e) 234\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTriterpenes (C\u003csub\u003e30\u003c\/sub\u003e) 234\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTriterpenoid saponins 242\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSteroids 247\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eStereochemistry and nomenclature 247\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCholesterol 248\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePhytosterols 251\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eVitamin D 256\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSteroidal saponins 259\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCardioactive glycosides 265\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBile acids 275\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdrenocortical hormones\/corticosteroids 277\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSemi-synthesis of corticosteroids 277\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProgestogens 287\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOestrogens 290\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAndrogens 296\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTetraterpenes (C\u003csub\u003e40\u003c\/sub\u003e) 298\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHigher terpenoids 306\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther reading 306\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 Alkaloids \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e311\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAlkaloids derived from ornithine 311\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePolyamines 311\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePyrrolidine and tropane alkaloids 312\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePyrrolizidine alkaloids 324\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAlkaloids derived from lysine 326\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePiperidine alkaloids 326\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eQuinolizidine alkaloids 328\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndolizidine alkaloids 330\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAlkaloids derived from nicotinic acid 331\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePyridine alkaloids 331\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAlkaloids derived from tyrosine 336\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePhenylethylamines and simple tetrahydroisoquinoline alkaloids 336\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eModified benzyltetrahydroisoquinoline alkaloids 346\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePhenethylisoquinoline alkaloids 359\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTerpenoid tetrahydroisoquinoline alkaloids 363\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAmaryllidaceae alkaloids 365\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAlkaloids derived from tryptophan 366\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSimple indole alkaloids 366\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSimple β-carboline alkaloids 369\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTerpenoid indole alkaloids 369\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eQuinoline alkaloids 380\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePyrroloindole alkaloids 385\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eErgot alkaloids 387\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAlkaloids derived from anthranilic acid 395\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eQuinazoline alkaloids 395\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eQuinoline and acridine alkaloids 396\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAlkaloids derived from histidine 398\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eImidazole alkaloids 398\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAlkaloids derived by amination reactions 400\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcetate-derived alkaloids 401\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePhenylalanine-derived alkaloids 401\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTerpenoid alkaloids 406\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSteroidal alkaloids 406\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePurine alkaloids 413\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCaffeine 413\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSaxitoxin and tetrodotoxin 416\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther reading 417\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 Peptides, proteins, and other amino acid derivatives \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e421\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePeptides and proteins 421\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRibosomal peptide biosynthesis 422\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePeptide hormones 426\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThyroid hormones 426\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHypothalamic hormones 427\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAnterior pituitary hormones 429\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePosterior pituitary hormones 430\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePancreatic hormones 432\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInterferons 433\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOpioid peptides 434\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRibosomal peptide toxins 434\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEnzymes 438\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNon-ribosomal peptide biosynthesis 438\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eModified peptides: penicillins, cephalosporins, and other β-lactams 458\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePenicillins 458\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCephalosporins 465\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOther β-lactams 469\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCyanogenic glycosides 476\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGlucosinolates 477\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCysteine sulfoxides 480\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther reading 481\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 Carbohydrates \u003c\/b\u003e485\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMonosaccharides 485\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOligosaccharides 490\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePolysaccharides 493\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAminosugars and aminoglycosides 498\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther reading 507\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 509\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48864638632279,"sku":"9780470741672","price":45.55,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780470741672.jpg?v=1722272844"},{"product_id":"handbook-of-chemicals-and-gases-for-the-semiconductor-industry-chemistry-9780471316718","title":"Handbook of Chemicals and Gases for the","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis book brings together the most useful and important data on chemicals and gases used in the manufacture of semiconductor devices. It offers an A-to-Z listing of physical properties and safety information for more than 270 chemicals and gases used in the manufacture of semiconductor chips.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThin Film Deposition Materials.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Wafer Cleaning Chemicals.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Photolithography Materials.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Wet and Dry Etching Materials.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Chemical Mechanical Planarizing Materials.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Carrier Gases.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Uncategorized Materials.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Semiconductor Chemicals Analysis.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Index.","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48864647315799,"sku":"9780471316718","price":223.16,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780471316718.jpg?v=1722272884"},{"product_id":"plastic-cup-collectibles-schiffer-book-for-collectors-9780764304736","title":"PLASTIC CUP COLLECTIBLES Schiffer Book for","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e","brand":"Schiffer Publishing Ltd","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48865820967255,"sku":"9780764304736","price":13.29,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780764304736.jpg?v=1722275729"},{"product_id":"physicochemical-principles-of-pharmacy-9780857111746","title":"Physicochemical Principles of Pharmacy","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis established textbook covers every aspect of drug properties from the design of dosage forms to their delivery by all routes to sites of action in the body.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTrade Review\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\"The text is highly illustrated throughout and includes key points and appropriate examples, providing clinicians with some easily accessible and relevant information. \u003cbr\u003e Some examples of adverse events due to excipients, impurities, the influence of dosage forms, materials in delivery devices and even light-induced effects are also included. Although the detection of adverse events is not an easy task, these examples may assist clinicians in asking the right questions to predict or identify adverse effects. \u003cbr\u003e The new focus on applications to clinical practice in this edition has extended its usefulness from pharmacy and pharmaceutical scientist courses to clinicians seeking an understanding of formulations, especially for children and older people, and in identifying the cause of adverse events.\"\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBeverley Glass, Australian Prescriber October 2016\u003c\/p\u003e -- Beverley Glass * Australian Prescriber *","brand":"Pharmaceutical Press","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48866068693335,"sku":"9780857111746","price":45.6,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780857111746.jpg?v=1722276888"},{"product_id":"felders-elementary-principles-of-chemical-processes-global-edition-9781118092392","title":"Felders Elementary Principles of Chemical","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e* This best selling text prepares students to formulate and solve material and energy balances in chemical process systems and lays the foundation for subsequent courses in chemical engineering.    * The text provides a realistic, informative, and positive introduction to the practice of chemical engineering.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eAbout the Authors iii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePreface to the Fourth Edition iv\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNotes to Instructors v\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDigital Resources and WileyPLUS vi\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePostscript: Introduction to an Author vii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNomenclature viii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGlossary of Chemical Process Terms x\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePART 1 Engineering Problem Analysis 1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eCHAPTER 1 What Some Chemical Engineers Do for a Living 3\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eCHAPTER 2 Introduction to Engineering Calculations 5\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.0 Learning Objectives 5\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Units and Dimensions 6\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 Conversion of Units 7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 Systems of Units 8\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4 Force and Weight 10\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5 Numerical Calculation and Estimation 12\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6 Dimensional Homogeneity and Dimensionless Quantities 19\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.7 Process Data Representation and Analysis 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.8 Summary 30\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 30\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eCHAPTER 3 Processes and Process Variables 35\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.0 Learning Objectives 35\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Mass and Volume 36\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Flow Rate 38\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Chemical Composition 40\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 Pressure 47\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5 Temperature 54\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6 Summary 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 58\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePART 2 Material Balances 67\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eCHAPTER 4 Fundamentals of Material Balances 69\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.0 Learning Objectives 69\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Process Classification 70\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 Balances 71\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 Material Balance Calculations 75\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 Balances on Multiple-Unit Processes 94\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5 Recycle and Bypass 100\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6 Chemical Reaction Stoichiometry 107\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.7 Balances on Reactive Processes 118\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.8 Combustion Reactions 139\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.9 Some Additional Considerations about Chemical Processes 147\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.10 Summary 150\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 151\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eCHAPTER 5 Single-Phase Systems 160\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.0 Learning Objectives 161\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Liquid and Solid Densities 162\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Ideal Gases 164\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Equations of State for Nonideal Gases 172\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 The Compressibility-Factor Equation of State 179\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5 Summary 186\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 186\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eCHAPTER 6 Multiphase Systems 195\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.0 Learning Objectives 197\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Single-Component Phase Equilibrium 198\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 The Gibbs Phase Rule 204\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 Gas–Liquid Systems: One Condensable Component 206\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 Multicomponent Gas–Liquid Systems 212\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5 Solutions of Solids in Liquids 221\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6 Equilibrium between Two Liquid Phases 229\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.7 Adsorption on Solid Surfaces 233\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.8 Summary 236\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 238\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePART 3 Energy Balances 253\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eCHAPTER 7 Energy and Energy Balances 255\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.0 Learning Objectives 256\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 Forms of Energy: The First Law of Thermodynamics 257\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 Kinetic and Potential Energy 259\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 Energy Balances on Closed Systems 260\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4 Energy Balances on Open Systems at Steady State 262\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5 Tables of Thermodynamic Data 267\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6 Energy Balance Procedures 272\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.7 Mechanical Energy Balances 275\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.8 Summary 280\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 282\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eCHAPTER 8 Balances on Nonreactive Processes 291\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.0 Learning Objectives 291\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 Elements of Energy Balance Calculations 292\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 Changes in Pressure at Constant Temperature 300\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3 Changes in Temperature 301\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4 Phase-Change Operations 313\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5 Mixing and Solution 332\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6 Summary 343\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 345\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eCHAPTER 9 Balances on Reactive Processes 363\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.0 Learning Objectives 364\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1 Heats of Reaction 364\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2 Measurement and Calculation of Heats of Reaction: Hess’s Law 369\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3 Formation Reactions and Heats of Formation 371\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4 Heats of Combustion 373\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5 Energy Balances on Reactive Processes 374\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.6 Fuels and Combustion 389\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.7 Summary 399\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 401\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eCHAPTER 10 Balances on Transient Processes 416\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.0 Learning Objectives 416\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1 The General Balance Equation . . . Again 416\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2 Material Balances 421\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3 Energy Balances on Single-Phase Nonreactive Processes 428\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4 Simultaneous Transient Balances 433\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5 Summary 436\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 437\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eAPPENDIX A Computational Techniques 443\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA.1 The Method of Least Squares 443\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA.2 Iterative Solution of Nonlinear Algebraic Equations 446\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA.3 Numerical Integration 459\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eAPPENDIX B Physical Property Tables 463\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eB.1 Selected Physical Property Data 464\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eB.2 Heat Capacities 471\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eB.3 Vapor Pressure of Water 474\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eB.4 Antoine Equation Constants 476\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eB.5 Properties of Saturated Steam: Temperature Table 478\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eB.6 Properties of Saturated Steam: Pressure Table 480\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eB.7 Properties of Superheated Steam 486\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eB.8 Specific Enthalpies of Selected Gases: SI Units 488\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eB.9 Specific Enthalpies of Selected Gases: U.S. Customary Units 488\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eB.10 Atomic Heat Capacities for Kopp’s Rule 489\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eB.11 Integral Heats of Solution and Mixing at 25°C 489\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAnswers to Test Yourselves 490\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAnswers to Selected Problems 498\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 500\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48866365145431,"sku":"9781118092392","price":47.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781118092392.jpg?v=1722278300"},{"product_id":"spreadsheet-applications-in-chemistry-using-microsoft-excel-9781119182979","title":"Spreadsheet Applications in Chemistry Using","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eSPREADSHEET APPLICATIONS IN CHEMISTRY USING MICROSOFT\u003csup\u003e\u003c\/sup\u003e EXCEL\u003csup\u003e\u003c\/sup\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eFind step-by-step tutorials on scientific data processing in the latest versions of Microsoft\u003csup\u003e\u003c\/sup\u003e Excel\u003csup\u003e\u003c\/sup\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e  \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Second Edition of \u003ci\u003eSpreadsheet Applications in Chemistry Using Microsoft\u003csup\u003e\u003c\/sup\u003e Excel\u003csup\u003e\u003c\/sup\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e delivers a comprehensive and up-to-date exploration of the application of scientific data processing in Microsoft\u003csup\u003e\u003c\/sup\u003e Excel\u003csup\u003e\u003c\/sup\u003e. Written to incorporate the latest updates and changes found in Excel\u003csup\u003e\u003c\/sup\u003e 2021, as well as later versions, this practical textbook is tutorial-focused and offers simple, step-by-step instructions for scientific data processing tasks commonly used by undergraduate students.  \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eReaders will also benefit from an online repository of experimental datasets that can be used to work through the tutorials to gain familiarity with data processing and visualization in Excel\u003csup\u003e\u003c\/sup\u003e.  \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis latest edition incorpor\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eIntroduction to Excel\u003c\/b\u003e  \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eStatistical Analysis of Experimental Data\u003c\/b\u003e \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eRegression Analysis\u003c\/b\u003e  \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCalibration Plots in Analytical Chemistry\u003c\/b\u003e  \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eVisualizing concepts in Physical Chemistry \u003c\/b\u003e \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eRegression Analysis using Solver\u003c\/b\u003e \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48866388967767,"sku":"9781119182979","price":50.11,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781119182979.jpg?v=1722278416"},{"product_id":"introduction-to-drug-disposition-and-pharmacokinetics-9781119261049","title":"Introduction to Drug Disposition and","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe application of knowledge of drug disposition, and skills in pharmacokinetics, are crucial to the development of new drugs and to a better understanding of how to achieve maximum benefit from existing ones.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTrade Review\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\"Another book on PK? Yes and there should be and it should be \u003ci\u003eDD \u0026amp; PK. \u003c\/i\u003eIt is good, unique, and does fill a currently unmet need for those working in the xenobiotic arena. \u003ci\u003eDD \u0026amp; PK \u003c\/i\u003eis just like the perfect mystery novel—the one “you just can’t put down.” However, unlike a mystery novel which requires only one reading to find the answer, the reader of \u003ci\u003eDD \u0026amp; PK \u003c\/i\u003ewill learn more than an answer to a single question. The reader will find many solutions to a wide variety of mysterious problems associated with the time course and actions of xenobiotics.\" \u003cb\u003e\u003ci\u003eInternational Journal of Toxicology\u003c\/i\u003e, September 2018\u003c\/b\u003e, Reviewed by John A. Budny, PhD\u003ci\u003e, President, PharmaCal, Ltd\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\"This book has many innovations that make a welcome addition to the bookshelves of a wide range of pharmaceutical scientists. The effective use of figures and tables to summarize and clarify a wide range of issues is to be commended, as are the learning objectives at the start of the chapter coupled with the summary at the end providing a succinct way in understanding the objectives of the chapter and together with links to a website provides accessibility for all from the neophyte pharmacokineticist to the consultant physician. A book all in the Pharma industry should be aware of.\u003ci\u003e\" \u003cb\u003eInt. J. of Pharmacokinetics\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\"Overall, the book is written in a professional manner, the explanations are clear and simple, and the authors use drug-specific PK data to reinforce the critical concepts of each chapter...\" One particular strength of this book is its excellent use of full color figures\/pictures, as well as clinically relevant drug examples, both of which reinforce the concepts described throughout\"....\"\u003c\/p\u003e In conclusion, the principles reviewed in this book and companion website provide a strong introductory knowledge base in PK, which should prepare readers to perform PK calculations, interpret PK literature, and consider PK properties when studying the clinical use of drugs.\" \u003cb\u003e\u003ci\u003eCPT\u003c\/i\u003e, Aug 17\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\"In summary, this is an excellent textbook for students new to the field of pharmaceutics and medical, pharmacy, and veterinary students, particularly those who envision a career in drug development research in either academia or industry.\"\u003cb\u003e\u003ci\u003e Veterinary Pathology Review\u003c\/i\u003e, 2018\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003ePreface ix\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCompanion Website Directions xii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1. Introduction: Basic Concepts 1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 Introduction 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 Drugs and drug nomenclature 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3 Law of mass action 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4 Ionization 9\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5 Partition coefficients 12\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.6 Further reading 14\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2. Drug Administration and Distribution 15\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Introduction 15\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 Drug transfer across biological membranes 16\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 Drug administration 22\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4 Drug distribution 31\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5 Plasma protein binding 38\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6 Further reading 43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.7 References 43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3. Drug Metabolism and Excretion 45\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Introduction 45\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Metabolism 46\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Excretion 58\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 Further reading 69\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5 References 69\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4. Single‐compartment Pharmacokinetic Models 71\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Introduction 72\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 Systemic clearance 74\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 Intravenous administration 76\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 Absorption 79\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5 Infusions 87\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6 Multiple doses 90\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.7 Non‐linear kinetics 94\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.8 Relationship between dose, and onset and duration of effect 98\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.9 Limitations of single‐compartment models 99\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.10 Further reading 100\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.11 References 100\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5. Multiple‐compartment and Non‐compartment Pharmacokinetic Models 102\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Multiple‐compartment models 102\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Non‐compartmental models 117\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Population pharmacokinetics 121\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 Curve fitting and the choice of most appropriate model 122\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5 Further reading 124\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6 References 124\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6. Kinetics of Metabolism and Excretion 126\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Introduction 126\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 Metabolite kinetics 127\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 Renal excretion 137\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 Excretion in faeces 142\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5 Further reading 143\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6 References 144\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7. Clearance, Protein Binding and Physiological Modelling 145\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 Introduction 145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 Clearance 146\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 Physiological modelling 158\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4 Further reading 161\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5 References 161\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8. Quantitative Pharmacological Relationships 162\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 Pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics 162\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 Concentration–effect relationships (dose–response curves) 163\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3 Time‐dependent models 169\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4 PK‐PD modelling 173\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5 Further reading 177\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6 References 177\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e9. Pharmacokinetics of Large Molecules 178\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1 Introduction 178\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2 Pharmacokinetics 179\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3 Plasma kinetics and pharmacodynamics 184\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4 Examples of particular interest 185\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5 Further reading 191\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.6 References 191\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e10. Pharmacogenetics and Pharmacogenomics 192\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1 Introduction 192\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2 Methods for the study of pharmacogenetics 193\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3 \u003cb\u003e\u003ci\u003eN\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e‐Acetyltransferase 194\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4 Plasma cholinesterase 197\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5 Cytochrome P450 polymorphisms 199\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.6 Alcohol dehydrogenase and acetaldehyde dehydrogenase 202\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.7 Thiopurine methyltransferase 202\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.8 Phase 2 enzymes 202\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.9 Transporters 204\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.10 Ethnicity 206\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.11 Pharmacodynamic differences 206\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.12 Personalized medicine 208\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.13 Further reading 209\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.14 References 209\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e11. Additional Factors Affecting Plasma Concentrations 211\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1 Introduction 211\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2 Pharmaceutical factors 213\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3 Sex 214\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4 Pregnancy 218\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5 Weight and obesity 220\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.6 Food, diet and nutrition 225\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.7 Time of day 226\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.8 Posture and exercise 228\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.9 Further reading 231\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.10 References 231\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e12. Effects of Age and Disease on Drug Disposition 233\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.1 Introduction 233\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2 Age and development 234\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3 Effects of disease on drug disposition 242\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4 Assessing pharmacokinetics in special populations 256\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.5 Further reading 257\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.6 References 258\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e13. Drug Interactions and Toxicity 260\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.1 Introduction 260\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2 Drug interactions 261\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3 Toxicity 273\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4 Further reading 282\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.5 References 282\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e14. Perspectives and Prospects: Reflections on the Past, Present and Future of Drug Disposition and Pharmacokinetics 284\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.1 Drug disposition and fate 284\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.2 Pharmacodynamics 286\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.3 Quantification of drugs and pharmacokinetics 286\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.4 The future 289\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5 Postscript 291\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.6 Further reading 292\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.7 References 292\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eAppendices\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1 Mathematical Concepts and the Trapezoidal Method 293\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2 Dye Models to Teach Pharmacokinetics 300\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3 Curve Fitting 303\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4 Pharmacokinetic Simulations 307\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 312\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48866390573399,"sku":"9781119261049","price":55.05,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781119261049.jpg?v=1722278425"},{"product_id":"spectroscopy-9781119436645","title":"Spectroscopy","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eProvides students and practitioners with a comprehensive understanding of the theory of spectroscopy and the design and use of spectrophotometers\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIn this book, you will learn the fundamental principles underpinning molecular spectroscopy and the connections between those principles and the design of spectrophotometers.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSpectroscopy, along with chromatography, mass spectrometry, and electrochemistry, is an important and widely-used analytical technique. Applications of spectroscopy include air quality monitoring, compound identification, and the analysis of paintings and culturally important artifacts. This book introduces students to the fundamentals of molecular spectroscopy  including UV-visible, infrared, fluorescence, and Raman spectroscopy  in an approachable and comprehensive way. It goes beyond the basics of the subject and provides a detailed look at the interplay between theory and practice, making it ideal for courses in quantitative analysis, instrume\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eABOUT THE COVER ix\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePREFACE xi\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1. Fundamentals of Spectroscopy 1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 Properties of Electromagnetic Radiation 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.1 Speed, c 2\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.2 Amplitude, A 2\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.3 Frequency, υ 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.4 Wavelength, λ 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.5 Energy, E 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.6 Wavenumber, 6\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 The Electromagnetic Spectrum 7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.1 Radio‐Frequency Radiation (10−27 to 10−21 J\/photon) 8\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.2 Microwave Radiation (10−23 to 10−22 J\/photon) 10\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.3 Infrared Radiation (10−22 to 10−19 J\/photon) 11\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.4 Ultraviolet and Visible Radiation (10−19 to 10−18 J\/photon) 12\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.5 X‐Ray Radiation (10−15 to 10−13 J\/photon) 13\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.6 Alpha, Beta, and Gamma Radiation (10−13 to 10−11 J\/photon and Higher) 13\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3 The Perrin–Jablonski Diagram 15\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.1 Timescales of Events 18\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.2 Summary of Radiative and Nonradiative Processes 19\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4 Temperature Effects on Ground and Excited State Populations 19\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5 More Wave Characteristics 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.1 Adding Waves Together 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.2 Diffraction 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.3 Reflection 25\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.4 Refraction 28\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.5 Scattering 29\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.6 Polarized Radiation 31\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.6 Spectroscopy Applications 34\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.7 Summary 34\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 34\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 36\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther Reading 38\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2. UV‐Visible Spectrophotometry 39\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Theory 40\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.1 The Absorption Process 40\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.2 The Beer–Lambert Law 43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.3 Solvent Effects on Molar Absorptivity and Spectra 49\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 UV‐Visible Instrumentation 52\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.1 Sources of Visible and Ultraviolet Light 54\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.2 Wavelength Selection: Filters 58\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.3 Wavelength Selection: Monochromators 61\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.4 Monochromator Designs: Putting It All Together 75\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.5 Detectors 79\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 Spectrophotometer Designs 85\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.1 Single‐Beam Spectrophotometers 85\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.2 Scanning Double‐Beam Instruments 89\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.3 Photodiode Array Instruments 93\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4 The Practice of Spectrophotometry 98\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.1 Types of Samples That Can Be Analyzed 99\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.2 Preparation of Calibration Curves 100\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.3 Deviations from Beer’s Law 103\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.4 Precision: Relative Concentration Error 111\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.5 The Desirable Absorbance Range 114\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5 Applications and Techniques 116\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.1 Simultaneous Determinations of Multicomponent Systems 116\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.2 Difference Spectroscopy 117\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.3 Derivative Spectroscopy 118\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.4 Titration Curves 119\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.5 Turbidimetry and Nephelometry 121\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6 A Specific Application of UV‐Visible Spectroscopy: Enzyme Kinetics 122\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6.1 Myeloperoxidase, Immune Responses, Heart Attacks,and Enzyme Kinetics 122\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6.2 Possible Mechanism for Myeloperoxidase Oxidation of LDL via Tyrosyl Radical Intermediates 123\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.7 Summary 127\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 127\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 132\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther Reading 134\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3. Molecular Luminescence: Fluorescence, Phosphorescence, and Chemiluminescence 135\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Theory 135\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.1 Absorbance Compared to Fluorescence 136\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.2 Factors That Affect Fluorescence Intensity 141\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.3 Quenching 146\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.4 Quantum Yield and Fluorescence Intensity 147\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.5 Linearity and Nonlinearity of Fluorescence: Quenching and Self-Absorption 149\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Instrumentation 153\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.1 Instrument Design 154\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.2 Sources 154\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.3 Filters and Monochromators 157\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.4 Component Arrangement 158\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.5 Fluorometers 158\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.6 Spectrofluorometers 159\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.7 Cells and Slit Widths 164\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.8 Detectors 166\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Practice of Luminescence Spectroscopy 167\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.1 Considerations and Options 167\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.2 Fluorescence Polarization 168\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.3 Time‐Resolved Fluorescence Spectroscopy 172\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 Fluorescence Microscopy 173\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.1 Fluorescence Microscopy Resolution 175\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.2 Confocal Fluorescence Microscopy 175\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5 Phosphorescence and Chemiluminescence 177\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.1 Phosphorescence 177\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.2 Chemiluminescence 177\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6 Applications of Fluorescence: Biological Systems and DNA Sequencing 179\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7 Summary 186\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 186\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 190\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther Reading 192\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4. Infrared Spectroscopy 193\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Theory 193\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.1 Bond Vibrations 196\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.2 Other Types of Vibrations 198\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.3 Modeling Vibrations: Harmonic and Nonharmonic Oscillators 200\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.4 The 3N−6 Rule 207\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 FTIR Instruments 209\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1 The Michelson Interferometer and Fourier Transform 210\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.2 Components of FTIR Instruments: Sources 224\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.3 Components of FTIR Instruments: DTGS and MCT Detectors 226\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.4 Sample Handling 227\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.5 Reflectance Techniques 231\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 Applications of IR Spectroscopy, Including Near‐IR and Far‐IR 234\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.1 Structure Determination with Mid‐IR Spectroscopy 235\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.2 Gas Analysis 235\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.3 Near‐Infrared Spectroscopy (NIR) 236\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.4 Far‐Infrared Spectroscopy (FIR) 245\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 Summary 248\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 248\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 251\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther Reading 254\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5. Raman Spectroscopy 255\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Energy-Level Description 255\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Visualization of Raman Data 258\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Molecular Polarizability 259\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 Brief Review of Molecular Vibrations 261\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5 Classical Theory of Raman Scattering 262\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6 Polarization of Raman Scattering 265\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6.1 Depolarization Ratio 266\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7 Instrumentation and Analysis Methods 266\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7.1 Filter Instruments 267\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7.2 Dispersive Spectrometers 270\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7.3 Fourier Transform Raman Spectrometers 271\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7.4 Confocal Raman Instruments 271\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7.5 Light Sources 273\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.8 Quantitative Analysis Methods 274\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.8.1 Calibration Curves 274\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.8.2 Curve Fitting 274\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.8.3 Ordinary Least Squares 275\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.8.4 Classical Least Squares 277\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.8.5 Implicit Analytical Methods 277\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.9 Applications 277\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.9.1 Art and Archeology 277\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.9.2 Pharmaceuticals 278\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.9.3 Forensics 279\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.9.4 Medicine and Biology 279\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.10 Signal Enhancement Techniques 282\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.10.1 Resonance Raman Spectroscopy 283\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.10.2 Surface-Enhanced Raman Spectroscopy 283\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.10.3 Nonlinear Raman Spectroscopy 284\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.11 Summary 286\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 286\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 288\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther Reading 289\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSOLUTIONS 291\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eINDEX 315\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48866395455831,"sku":"9781119436645","price":80.96,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781119436645.jpg?v=1722278450"},{"product_id":"analytical-electrochemistry-9781119787693","title":"Analytical Electrochemistry","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003ePreface ix\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAbbreviations and Symbols xi\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 Fundamental Concepts 1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 Why Electroanalysis? 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 Faradaic Processes 2\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.1 Mass-Transport-Controlled Reactions 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.1.1 Potential-Step Experiment 6\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.1.2 Potential Sweep Experiments 7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.2 Reactions Controlled by the Rate of Electron Transfer 9\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.2.1 Activated Complex Theory 12\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3 Electrical Double Layer 14\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4 Electrocapillary Effect 18\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5 Supplementary Reading 19\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 20\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eQuestions 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 Study of Electrode Reactions and Interfacial Properties 22\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Cyclic Voltammetry 22\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.1 Data Interpretation 24\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.1.1 Reversible Systems 24\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.1.2 Irreversible and Quasi-reversible Systems 25\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.2 Study of Reaction Mechanisms 26\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.3 Study of Adsorption Processes 29\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.4 Quantitative Applications – Fast-Scan Cyclic Voltammetry 30\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 Spectroelectrochemistry 32\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.1 Experimental Arrangement 32\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.2 Principles and Applications 33\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.3 Electrochemiluminescence 35\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.4 Optical Probing of Electrode\/Solution Interfaces 36\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 Scanning Probe Microscopy 37\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.1 Scanning Tunneling Microscopy 37\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.2 Atomic Force Microscopy 38\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.3 Scanning Electrochemical Microscopy 40\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4 Electrochemical Quartz Crystal Microbalance 43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5 Impedance Spectroscopy 45\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 47\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExamples 50\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eQuestions 52\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 Controlled-Potential Techniques 54\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Chronoamperometry 54\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Polarography 56\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Pulse Voltammetry 59\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.1 Normal-Pulse Voltammetry 59\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.2 Differential-Pulse Voltammetry 60\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.3 Square-Wave Voltammetry 62\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.4 Staircase Voltammetry 65\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 AC Voltammetry 66\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5 Stripping Analysis 67\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.1 Anodic Stripping Voltammetry 68\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.2 Potentiometric Stripping Analysis 71\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.3 Adsorptive Stripping Voltammetry and Potentiometry 72\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.4 Cathodic Stripping Voltammetry 74\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.5 Abrasive Stripping Voltammetry 75\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.6 Applications 75\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6 Flow Analysis 75\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6.1 Principles 77\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6.2 Cell Design 79\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6.3 Mass Transport and Current Response 81\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6.4 Detection Modes 83\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 85\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExamples 88\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eQuestions 90\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Practical Considerations 93\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Electrochemical Cells 93\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 Solvents and Supporting Electrolytes 95\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 Oxygen Removal 95\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 Instrumentation 96\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5 Working Electrodes 101\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.1 Mercury Electrodes 102\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.2 Solid Electrodes 103\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.2.1 Rotating Disk and Ring-Disk Electrodes 104\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.2.2 Carbon Electrodes 106\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.2.3 Metal Electrodes 109\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.3 Printed Electrodes and Devices 110\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.3.1 Planar Screen-Printed Electrodes 110\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.3.2 3D-Printed Electrochemical Cells and Electrodes 112\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.4 Chemically Modified Electrodes 113\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.4.1 Self-Assembled Monolayers 114\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.4.2 Carbon-Nanotube-Modified Electrodes 115\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.4.3 Graphene-Based Electrodes 116\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.4.4 Sol–Gel Encapsulation of Reactive Species 117\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.4.5 Electrocatalytic Modified Electrodes 117\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.4.6 Preconcentrating Electrodes 118\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.4.7 Permselective Coatings 119\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.4.8 Conducting Polymers 122\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.5 Microscale and Nanoscale Electrodes 124\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.5.1 Diffusion at Microelectrodes 126\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.5.2 Configurations of Microelectrodes 126\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.5.3 Composite Electrodes 128\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.6 Microneedle Electrodes and Arrays 130\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 132\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExamples 137\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eQuestions 137\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Potentiometry 139\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Principles of Potentiometric Measurements 139\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Ion-Selective Electrodes 145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.1 Glass Electrodes 145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.1.1 pH Electrodes 145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.1.2 Glass Electrodes for Other Cations 148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.2 Liquid Membrane Electrodes 148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.2.1 Ion-Exchanger Electrodes 150\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.2.2 Neutral Carrier Electrodes 151\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.3 Solid-State Electrodes 154\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.4 Solid-Contact ISE: Eliminating the Internal Filling Solution 157\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 On-line, On-site, In Situ, and In Vivo Potentiometric Measurements 160\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 164\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExamples 167\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eQuestions 168\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 Electrochemical Sensors 170\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Electrochemical Biosensors 171\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.1 Enzyme‐Based Electrodes 171\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.1.1 Practical and Theoretical Considerations 171\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.1.2 Enzyme Electrodes of Analytical Significance 175\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.2 Affinity Biosensors 182\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.2.1 Immunosensors 182\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.2.2 Aptamer‐Based Electrochemical Biosensors 185\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.2.3 DNA Hybridization Biosensors 186\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.2.4 Electrochemical Sensors Based on Molecularly Imprinted Polymers 189\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 Gas Sensors 189\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.1 Carbon Dioxide Sensors 190\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.2 Oxygen Electrodes 191\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 Solid-State Devices 192\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.1 Ion‐Selective Field Effect Transistors 192\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.2 Microfabrication of Solid‐State Sensor Assemblies 194\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.3 Photolithographic Sensor Fabrication Techniques 194\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.4 Micromachined Analytical Microsystems 195\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.5 Paper‐Based Electroanalytical Devices 196\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 Sensor Arrays 197\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5 Wearable Electrochemical Sensors 200\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 203\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExamples 210\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eQuestions 211\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 213\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48866415870295,"sku":"9781119787693","price":91.8,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781119787693.jpg?v=1722278537"},{"product_id":"crystallization-of-organic-compounds-9781119879466","title":"Crystallization of Organic Compounds","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eCrystallization of Organic Compounds\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePractical resource covering applications of crystallization principles with methodologies, case studies, and numerous industrial examples for emphasis\u003c\/b\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBased on the authors' hands-on experiences as process engineers, through the use of case studies and examples of crystallization processes, ranging from laboratory development through manufacturing scale-up, \u003ci\u003eCrystallization of Organic Compounds\u003c\/i\u003e guides readers through the practical applications of crystallization and emphasizes strategies that have proven to be successful, enabling readers to avoid common pitfalls that can render standard procedures unsuccessful.  \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMost chapters feature multiple examples that guide readers, step by step, through the crystallization of active pharmaceutical ingredients (APIs), including an analysis of the major methods of carrying out crystallization operations, their strengths and potential issues, as well as numerous examples of crystalliz\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePreface ix\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1. Introduction to Crystallization 1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 Crystal Properties and Polymorphs (Chapters 2 and 3) 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 Nucleation and Growth Kinetics (chapter 4) 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3 Mixing and Scale- Up (Chapter 5) 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4 Critical Issues and Quality by Design (Chapter 6) 5\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5 Crystallization Process Options (Chapters 7–10) 6\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.6 Downstream Operations (Chapters 11 And 12) 12\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.7 Special Applications (chapter 13) 13\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2. Properties 15\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Solubility 15\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 Supersaturation, Metastable Zone, and Induction Time 26\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 Oil, Amorphous, and Crystalline States 30\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4 Polymorphism 36\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5 Solvate 40\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6 Solid Compound, Solid Solution, and Solid Mixture 42\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.7 Inclusion and Occlusion 45\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.8 Adsorption, Hygroscopicity, and Deliquesce 47\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.9 Crystal Morphology 50\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.10 Partical Size Distribution and Surface Area 53\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3. Polymorphism 57\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Phase Rule 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Phase Transition 58\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Prediction of Crystal Structure and its Formation 60\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 Selection and Screening of Crystal Forms 66\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5 Examples 75\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExample 3.1 Indomethacin 76\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExample 3.2 Sulindac 77\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExample 3.3 Losartan 79\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExample 3.4 Finasteride 81\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExample 3.5 Ibuprofen Lysinate 83\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExample 3.6 HCl Salt of a Drug Candidate 84\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExample 3.7 Second HCl Salt of a Drug Candidate 87\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExample 3.8 Prednisolone \u003ci\u003et- Butylacetate 91\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExample 3.9 Phthalylsulfathiazole 93\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4. Kinetics 95\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Supersaturation and Rate Processes 96\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 Nucleation 97\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 Crystal Growth and Agglomeration 105\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 Nucleate\/Seed Aging and Ostwald Ripening 116\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5 Delivered Product: Purity, Cystal Form, Size and Morphology, and Chemical and Physical Stability 119\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6 Design of Experiment (DOE)— Model- Based Approach 119\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.7 Model- Free Feedback Control 123\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5. Mixing and Crystallization 125\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Introduction 125\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Mixing Considerations and Factors 126\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Mixing Effects on Nucleation 130\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 Mixing Effects on Crystal Growth 135\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5 Mixing Distribution and Scale- Up 139\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6 Crystallization Equipment 141\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7 Process Design and Examples 150\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExample 5.1 Mixing Impact on Crystallization Kinetics 150\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExample 5.2 Mixing Scale- Up Impact on Particle Size 151\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6. Critical Issues and Quality by Design 155\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Quality By Design 155\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 Basic Properties 156\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 Seed 158\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 Supersaturation 162\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5 Mixing and Scale— Selection of Equipment and Operating Procedures 172\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6 Strategic Considerations for Crystallization Process Development 174\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.7 Summary of Critical Issues 176\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7. Cooling Crystallization 177\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 Batch Operation 177\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 Continuous Operations 183\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 Process Design— Examples 187\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExample 7.1 Intermediate in a Multistep Synthesis 187\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExample 7.2 Pure Crystallization of an API 191\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExample 7.3 Crystallization Using the Heel from the Previous Batch as Seed 194\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExample 7.4 Resolution of Ibuprofen Via Stereospecific Crystallization 195\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExample 7.5 Crystallization of Pure Bulk with Polymorphism 199\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExample 7.6 Continuous Separation of Stereoisomers 201\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8. Evaporative Crystallization 207\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 Introduction 207\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 Solubility Diagrams 207\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3 Factors Affecting Nucleation and Growth 210\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4 Scale- Up 211\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5 Equipment 212\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6 Process Design and Examples 215\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExample 8.1 Crystallization of a Pharmaceutical Intermediate Salt 215\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExample 8.2 Crystallization of the Sodium Salt of a Drug Candidate 217\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExample 8.3 API Hydrate with Low Water Solubility 219\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e9. Anti- solvent Crystallization 223\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1 Operation 223\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2 In- Line Mixing Crystallization 228\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3 Process Design and Examples 229\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExample 9.1 Crystallization of an Intermediate 229\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExample 9.2 Rejection of Isomeric Impurities of Final Bulk Active Product 231\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExample 9.3 Crystallization of a Pharmaceutical Product with Strong Nucleation and Poor Growth Characteristics 234\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExample 9.4 Impact of Solvent and Supersaturation on Particle Size and Crystal Form 238\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExample 9.5 Crystallization of an API Using Impinging Jets 241\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExample 9.6 Crystallization of a Pharmaceutical Product Candidate Using an Impinging Jet with Recycle 245\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExample 9.7 In Situ Wet Seed and Particle Generation Using In- line Mixer 249\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e10. Reactive Crystallization 253\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1 Introduction 253\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2 Control of Particle Size 255\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3 Key Issues in Organic Reactive Crystallization 256\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4 Creation of Fine Particles— In- Line Reactive Crystallization 264\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5 Process Design and Scale- Up 267\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExample 10.1 Reactive Crystallization of an API 267\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExample 10.2 Reactive Crystallization of an Intermediate 270\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExample 10.3 Reactive Crystallization of a Sodium Salt of an API 272\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExample 10.4 Reactive Crystallization of an API 275\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e11. Filtration 277\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1 Introduction 277\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2 Basic Properties 278\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3 Kinetics 280\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4 Process Design and Scale- Up 290\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExample 11.1 Design of Cake Wash Composition and Wash Mode 293\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e12. Drying 297\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.1 Introduction 297\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2 Basic Properties 298\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3 Kinetics 305\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4 Process Design and Scale- Up 309\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExample 12.1 Scale- Up— Residual Solvent 311\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExample 12.2 Scale- Up— Particle Agglomeration and Fracturing 314\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e13. Special Applications 317\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.1 Introduction 317\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2 Crystallization with Supercritical Fluids 318\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3 Resolution of Stereo- Isomers 319\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4 Wet Mills in Crystallization 320\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.5 Computational Fluid Dynamics in Crystallization 321\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.6 Solid Dispersion— Crystalline and\/or Amorphous Drugs 321\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.7 Process Design and Examples 322\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExample 13.1 Sterile Crystallization of Imipenem 322\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExample 13.2 Enhanced Selectivity of a Consecutive–Competitive Reaction by Crystallization of the Desired Product During the Reaction 327\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExample 13.3 Applying Solubility to Improve Reaction Selectivity 330\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExample 13.4 Melt Crystallization of Dimethyl Sulfoxide 335\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExample 13.5 Freeze Crystallization of Imipenem 338\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExample 13.6 Continuous Separation of Stereoisomers 342\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExample 13.7 Hybrid Solid Dispersion 349\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 355\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 363\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48866422456663,"sku":"9781119879466","price":111.6,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781119879466.jpg?v=1722278571"},{"product_id":"chemical-process-design-and-integration-9781119990130","title":"Chemical Process Design and Integration","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWritten by a highly regarded author with industrial and academic experience, this new edition of an established bestselling book provides practical guidance for students, researchers, and those in chemical engineering.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003ePreface xiii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgements xv\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNomenclature xvii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1 The Nature of Chemical Process Design and Integration 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2 Process Economics 19\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3 Optimization 37\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4 Chemical Reactors I – Reactor Performance 59\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5 Chemical Reactors II – Reactor Conditions 81\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6 Chemical Reactors III – Reactor Configuration 107\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7 Separation of Heterogeneous Mixtures 125\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8 Separation of Homogeneous Fluid Mixtures I – Distillation 139\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9 Separation of Homogeneous Fluid Mixtures II – Other Methods 185\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10 Distillation Sequencing 221\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11 Distillation Sequencing for Azeotropic Distillation 247\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12 Heat Exchange 275\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13 Pumping and Compression 349\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14 Continuous Process Recycle Structure 377\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15 Continuous Process Simulation and Optimization 393\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16 Batch Processes 417\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17 Heat Exchanger Networks I – Network Targets 457\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18 Heat Exchanger Networks II – Network Design 501\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19 Heat Exchanger Networks III – Stream Data 543\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20 Heat Integration of Reactors 555\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21 Heat Integration of Distillation 563\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22 Heat Integration of Evaporators and Dryers 577\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e23 Steam Systems and Cogeneration 583\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e24 Cooling and Refrigeration Systems 647\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e25 Environmental Design for Atmospheric Emissions 687\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e26 Water System Design 721\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e27 Environmental Sustainability in Chemical Production 781\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e28 Process Safety 811\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix A Physical Properties in Process Design 827\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix B Materials of Construction 853\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix C Annualization of Capital Cost 861\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix D The Maximum Thermal Effectiveness for 1–2 Shell-and-Tube Heat Exchangers 863\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix E Expression for the Minimum Number of 1–2 Shell-and-Tube Heat Exchangers for a Given\u003cbr\u003e Unit 865\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix F Heat Transfer Coefficient and Pressure Drop in Shell-and-Tube Heat Exchangers 867\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix G Gas Compression Theory 875\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix H Algorithm for the Heat Exchanger Network Area Target 881\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 883\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48866427470167,"sku":"9781119990130","price":52.2,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781119990130.jpg?v=1722278595"},{"product_id":"introduction-to-chemical-processes-principles-analysis-synthesis-ise-9781265242992","title":"Introduction to Chemical Processes Principles","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eIntroduction to Chemical Processes: Principles, Analysis, Synthesis\u003c\/i\u003e is intended for use in an introductory, one-semester course for students in chemical engineering and related disciplines. This title strives to give students a flavor of how chemical processes convert raw materials to useful products and provides students with an appreciation for the ways in which chemical engineers make decisions and balance constraints to come up with new processes and products.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe new edition of this title is available in Connect with SmartBook, including End of Chapter content. Instructor Resources include: Instructor Solutions Manual, Textbook Images, and Sample Syllabi.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e1 Converting the Earth’s Resources into Useful Products\u003cbr\u003e2 Process Flows: Variables, Diagrams, Balances\u003cbr\u003e3 Mathematical Analysis of Material Balance Equations and Process Flow Sheets\u003cbr\u003e4 Synthesis and Analysis of Reactor Flow Sheets\u003cbr\u003e5 Why Reactors Aren’t Perfect: Reaction Equilibrium and Reaction Kinetics\u003cbr\u003e6 Selection of Separation Technologies and Synthesis of Separation Flow Sheets\u003cbr\u003e7 Equilibrium-Based Separation Technologies\u003cbr\u003e8 Process Energy Calculations and Synthesis of Safe and Efficient Energy Flow Sheets\u003cbr\u003e9 A Process Energy Sampler \u003cbr\u003e","brand":"McGraw-Hill Education","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48866503197015,"sku":"9781265242992","price":56.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781265242992.jpg?v=1722278965"},{"product_id":"basic-principles-and-calculations-in-chemical-engineering-9781292440934","title":"Basic Principles and Calculations in Chemical","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAbout our authors\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDavid M. Himmelblau\u003c\/strong\u003e was the Paul D. and Betty Robertson Meek and American Petrofina Foundation Centennial Professor Emeritus in Chemical Engineering at the University of Texas, where he taught for forty-two years. He authored eleven books and more than two hundred articles on process analysis, fault detection, and optimization. He was president of the CACHE Corporation and director of the AIChE.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJames B. Riggs\u003c\/strong\u003e was a university professor for thirty years. Twenty-five of those years were spent at Texas Tech University, where he founded and directed the Texas Tech Process Control and Optimization Consortium. He authored several popular textbooks, including Computational Methods for Chemical Engineers; Programming with MATLAB for Engineers; and Chemical and Bio-Process Control, Fifth Edition.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePart I: Introduction  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChapter 1: Introduction to Chemical Engineering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChapter 2 Introductory Concepts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e  Part II Material Balances  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChapter 3 Material Balances\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChapter 4 Material Balances with Chemical Reaction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChapter 5 Material Balances for Multiunit Processes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e  Part III Gases, Vapors, and Liquids  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChapter 6 Ideal and Real Gases\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChapter 7 Multiphase Equilibrium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e  Part IV Energy Balances  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChapter 8 Energy Balances without Reaction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChapter 9 Energy Balances with Reaction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e  Part V Combined Material and Energy Balances  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChapter 10 Humidity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChapter 11 Unsteady-State Material and Energy Balances\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e  (Online Chapters)  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChapter 12 Heats of Solution and Mixing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChapter 13 Liquids and Gases in Equilibrium with Solids\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChapter 14 Solving Material and Energy Balances\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e  Part VI Supplementary Materials  APPENDIXES  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA Atomic Weights and Numbers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eB Tables of the Pitzer Z\u003csup\u003e0\u003c\/sup\u003e and Z\u003csup\u003e1\u003c\/sup\u003e Factors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eC Heats of Formation and Combustion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eD Answers to Selected Problems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e  (Online Appendixes)  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eE Physical Properties of Various Organic and Inorganic Substances\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eF Heat Capacity Equations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eG Vapor Pressures\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eH Heats of Solution and Dilution\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eI Enthalpy-Concentration Data\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eJ Thermodynamic Charts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eK Physical Properties of Petroleum Fractions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eL Solution of Sets of Equations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eM Fitting Functions to Data\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e  Index","brand":"Pearson Education Limited","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48866533212503,"sku":"9781292440934","price":58.89,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781292440934.jpg?v=1722279107"},{"product_id":"mechanical-properties-of-solid-polymers-9781444319507","title":"Mechanical Properties of Solid Polymers","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eProviding an updated and comprehensive account of the properties of solid polymers, the book covers all aspects of mechanical behaviour. This includes finite elastic behavior, linear viscoelasticity and mechanical relaxations, mechanical anisotropy, non-linear viscoelasicity, yield behavior and fracture. New to this edition is coverage of polymer nanocomposites, and molecular interpretations of yield, e.g. Bowden, Young, and Argon.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe book begins by focusing on the structure of polymers, including their chemical composition and physical structure. It goes on to discuss the mechanical properties and behaviour of polymers, the statistical molecular theories of the rubber-like state and describes aspects of linear viscoelastic behaviour, its measurement, and experimental studies.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLater chapters cover composites and experimental behaviour, relaxation transitions, stress and yielding. The book concludes with a discussion of breaking phenomena.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003ePreface xiii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 Structure of Polymers 1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 Chemical Composition 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.1 Polymerisation 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.2 Cross-Linking and Chain-Branching 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.3 Average Molecular Mass and Molecular Mass Distribution 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.4 Chemical and Steric Isomerism and Stereoregularity 5\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.5 Liquid Crystalline Polymers 7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.6 Blends, Grafts and Copolymers 8\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 Physical Structure 9\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.1 Rotational Isomerism 9\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.2 Orientation and Crystallinity 10\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 16\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther Reading 17\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 The Mechanical Properties of Polymers: General Considerations 19\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Objectives 19\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 The Different Types of Mechanical Behaviour 19\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 The Elastic Solid and the Behaviour of Polymers 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4 Stress and Strain 22\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.1 The State of Stress 22\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.2 The State of Strain 23\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5 The Generalised Hooke’s Law 26\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 29\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 The Behaviour in the Rubber-Like State: Finite Strain Elasticity 31\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 The Generalised Definition of Strain 31\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.1 The Cauchy–Green Strain Measure 32\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.2 Principal Strains 34\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.3 Transformation of Strain 36\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.4 Examples of Elementary Strain Fields 38\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.5 Relationship of Engineering Strains to General Strains 41\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.6 Logarithmic Strain 42\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 The Stress Tensor 43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 The Stress–Strain Relationships 44\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 The Use of a Strain Energy Function 47\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.1 Thermodynamic Considerations 47\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.2 The Form of the Strain Energy Function 51\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.3 The Strain Invariants 51\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.4 Application of the Invariant Approach 52\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.5 Application of the Principal Stretch Approach 54\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 58\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Rubber-Like Elasticity 61\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 General Features of Rubber-Like Behaviour 61\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 The Thermodynamics of Deformation 62\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1 The Thermoelastic Inversion Effect 64\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 The Statistical Theory 65\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.1 Simplifying Assumptions 65\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.2 Average Length of a Molecule between Cross-Links 66\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.3 The Entropy of a Single Chain 67\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.4 The Elasticity of a Molecular Network 69\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 Modifications of Simple Molecular Theory 72\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.1 The Phantom Network Model 73\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.2 The Constrained Junction Model 73\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.3 The Slip Link Model 73\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.4 The Inverse Langevin Approximation 75\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.5 The Conformational Exhaustion Model 79\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.6 The Effect of Strain-Induced Crystallisation 80\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5 The Internal Energy Contribution to Rubber Elasticity 80\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6 Conclusions 83\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 83\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther Reading 85\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Linear Viscoelastic Behaviour 87\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Viscoelasticity as a Phenomenon 87\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.1 Linear Viscoelastic Behaviour 88\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.2 Creep 89\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.3 Stress Relaxation 91\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Mathematical Representation of Linear Viscoelasticity 92\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.1 The Boltzmann Superposition Principle 93\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.2 The Stress Relaxation Modulus 96\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.3 The Formal Relationship between Creep and Stress Relaxation 96\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.4 Mechanical Models, Relaxation and Retardation Time Spectra 97\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.5 The Kelvin or Voigt Model 98\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.6 The Maxwell Model 99\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.7 The Standard Linear Solid 100\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.8 Relaxation Time Spectra and Retardation Time Spectra 101\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Dynamical Mechanical Measurements: The Complex Modulus and Complex Compliance 103\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.1 Experimental Patterns for G 1 , G 2 and so on as a Function of Frequency 105\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 The Relationships between the Complex Moduli and the Stress Relaxation Modulus 109\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.1 Formal Representations of the Stress Relaxation Modulus and the Complex Modulus 111\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.2 Formal Representations of the Creep Compliance and the Complex Compliance 113\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.3 The Formal Structure of Linear Viscoelasticity 113\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5 The Relaxation Strength 114\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 116\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther Reading 117\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 The Measurement of Viscoelastic Behaviour 119\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Creep and Stress Relaxation 119\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.1 Creep Conditioning 119\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.2 Specimen Characterisation 120\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.3 Experimental Precautions 120\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 Dynamic Mechanical Measurements 123\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.1 The Torsion Pendulum 124\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.2 Forced Vibration Methods 126\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.3 Dynamic Mechanical Thermal Analysis (DMTA) 126\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 Wave-Propagation Methods 127\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.1 The Kilohertz Frequency Range 128\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.2 The Megahertz Frequency Range: Ultrasonic Methods 129\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.3 The Hypersonic Frequency Range: Brillouin Spectroscopy 131\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 131\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther Reading 133\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 Experimental Studies of Linear Viscoelastic Behaviour as a Function of Frequency and Temperature: Time–Temperature Equivalence 135\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 General Introduction 135\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.1 Amorphous Polymers 135\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.2 Temperature Dependence of Viscoelastic Behaviour 138\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.3 Crystallinity and Inclusions 138\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 Time–Temperature Equivalence and Superposition 140\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 Transition State Theories 143\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.1 The Site Model Theory 145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4 The Time–Temperature Equivalence of the Glass Transition Viscoelastic Behaviour in Amorphous Polymers and the Williams, Landel and Ferry (WLF) Equation 147\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.1 The Williams, Landel and Ferry Equation, the Free Volume Theory and Other Related Theories 153\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.2 The Free Volume Theory of Cohen and Turnbull 154\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.3 The Statistical Thermodynamic Theory of Adam and Gibbs 154\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.4 An Objection to Free Volume Theories 155\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5 Normal Mode Theories Based on Motion of Isolated Flexible Chains 156\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6 The Dynamics of Highly Entangled Polymers 160\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 163\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 Anisotropic Mechanical Behaviour 167\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 The Description of Anisotropic Mechanical Behaviour 167\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 Mechanical Anisotropy in Polymers 168\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.1 The Elastic Constants for Specimens Possessing Fibre Symmetry 168\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.2 The Elastic Constants for Specimens Possessing Orthorhombic Symmetry 170\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3 Measurement of Elastic Constants 171\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.1 Measurements on Films or Sheets 171\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.2 Measurements on Fibres and Monofilaments 181\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4 Experimental Studies of Mechanical Anisotropy in Oriented Polymers 185\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.1 Sheets of Low-Density Polyethylene 186\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.2 Filaments Tested at Room Temperature 186\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5 Interpretation of Mechanical Anisotropy: General Considerations 192\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.1 Theoretical Calculation of Elastic Constants 192\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.2 Orientation and Morphology 197\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6 Experimental Studies of Anisotropic Mechanical Behaviour and Their Interpretation 198\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6.1 The Aggregate Model and Mechanical Anisotropy 198\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6.2 Correlation of the Elastic Constants of an Oriented Polymer with Those of an Isotropic Polymer: The Aggregate Model 198\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6.3 The Development of Mechanical Anisotropy with Molecular Orientation 201\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6.4 The Sonic Velocity 206\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6.5 Amorphous Polymers 208\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6.6 Oriented Polyethylene Terephthalate Sheet with Orthorhombic Symmetry 209\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7 The Aggregate Model for Chain-Extended Polyethylene and Liquid Crystalline Polymers 212\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.8 Auxetic Materials: Negative Poisson’s Ratio 216\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 220\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e9 Polymer Composites: Macroscale and Microscale 227\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1 Composites: A General Introduction 227\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2 Mechanical Anisotropy of Polymer Composites 228\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.1 Mechanical Anisotropy of Lamellar Structures 228\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.2 Elastic Constants of Highly Aligned Fibre Composites 230\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.3 Mechanical Anisotropy and Strength of Uniaxially Aligned Fibre Composites 233\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3 Short Fibre Composites 233\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.1 The Influence of Fibre Length: Shear Lag Theory 234\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.2 Debonding and Pull-Out 236\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.3 Partially Oriented Fibre Composites 236\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4 Nanocomposites 238\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5 Takayanagi Models for Semi-Crystalline Polymers 241\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5.1 The Simple Takayanagi Model 242\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5.2 Takayanagi Models for Dispersed Phases 242\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5.3 Modelling Polymers with a Single-Crystal Texture 245\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.6 Ultra-High-Modulus Polyethylene 250\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.6.1 The Crystalline Fibril Model 250\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.6.2 The Crystalline Bridge Model 252\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.7 Conclusions 255\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 256\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther Reading 259\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e10 Relaxation Transitions: Experimental Behaviour and Molecular Interpretation 261\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1 Amorphous Polymers: An Introduction 261\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2 Factors Affecting the Glass Transition in Amorphous Polymers 263\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.1 Effect of Chemical Structure 263\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.2 Effect of Molecular Mass and Cross-Linking 265\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.3 Blends, Grafts and Copolymers 266\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.4 Effects of Plasticisers 267\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3 Relaxation Transitions in Crystalline Polymers 269\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.1 General Introduction 269\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.2 Relaxation in Low-Crystallinity Polymers 270\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.3 Relaxation Processes in Polyethylene 272\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.4 Relaxation Processes in Liquid Crystalline Polymers 278\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4 Conclusions 282\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 282\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e11 Non-linear Viscoelastic Behaviour 285\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1 The Engineering Approach 286\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1.1 Isochronous Stress–Strain Curves 286\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1.2 Power Laws 287\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2 The Rheological Approach 289\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.1 Historical Introduction to Non-linear Viscoelasticity Theory 289\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.2 Adaptations of Linear Theory – Differential Models 294\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.3 Adaptations of Linear Theory – Integral Models 299\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.4 More Complicated Single-Integral Representations 303\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.5 Comparison of Single-Integral Models 306\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3 Creep and Stress Relaxation as Thermally Activated Processes 306\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.1 The Eyring Equation 307\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.2 Applications of the Eyring Equation to Creep 308\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.3 Applications of the Eyring Equation to Stress Relaxation 310\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.4 Applications of the Eyring Equation to Yield 312\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4 Multi-axial Deformation: Three-Dimensional Non-linear Viscoelasticity 313\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 315\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther Reading 318\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e12 Yielding and Instability in Polymers 319\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.1 Discussion of the Load–Elongation Curves in Tensile Testing 320\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.1.1 Necking and the Ultimate Stress 321\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.1.2 Necking and Cold-Drawing: A Phenomenological Discussion 323\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.1.3 Use of the Considère Construction 325\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.1.4 Definition of Yield Stress 326\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2 Ideal Plastic Behaviour 327\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.1 The Yield Criterion: General Considerations 327\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.2 The Tresca Yield Criterion 327\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.3 The Coulomb Yield Criterion 328\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.4 The von Mises Yield Criterion 329\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.5 Geometrical Representations of the Tresca, von Mises and Coulomb Yield Criteria 331\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.6 Combined Stress States 331\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.7 Yield Criteria for Anisotropic Materials 333\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.8 The Plastic Potential 334\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3 Historical Development of Understanding of the Yield Process 335\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3.1 Adiabatic Heating 336\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3.2 The Isothermal Yield Process: The Nature of the Load Drop 337\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4 Experimental Evidence for Yield Criteria in Polymers 338\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4.1 Application of Coulomb Yield Criterion to Yield Behaviour 339\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4.2 Direct Evidence for the Influence of Hydrostatic Pressure on Yield Behaviour 339\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.5 The Molecular Interpretations of Yield 342\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.5.1 Yield as an Activated Rate Process 343\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.5.2 Yield Considered to Relate to the Movement of Dislocations or Disclinations 351\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.6 Cold-Drawing, Strain Hardening and the True Stress–Strain Curve 359\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.6.1 General Considerations 359\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.6.2 Cold-Drawing and the Natural Draw Ratio 359\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.6.3 The Concept of the True Stress–True Strain Curve and the Network Draw Ratio 361\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.6.4 Strain Hardening and Strain Rate Sensitivity 363\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.6.5 Process Flow Stress Paths 364\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.6.6 Neck Profiles 365\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.6.7 Crystalline Polymers 366\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.7 Shear Bands 366\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.8 Physical Considerations behind Viscoplastic Modelling 369\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.8.1 The Bauschinger Effect 370\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.9 Shape Memory Polymers 371\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 372\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther Reading 378\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e13 Breaking Phenomena 379\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.1 Definition of Tough and Brittle Behaviour in Polymers 379\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2 Principles of Brittle Fracture of Polymers 380\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2.1 Griffith Fracture Theory 380\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2.2 The Irwin Model 381\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2.3 The Strain Energy Release Rate 382\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3 Controlled Fracture in Brittle Polymers 385\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4 Crazing in Glassy Polymers 386\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.5 The Structure and Formation of Crazes 391\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.5.1 The Structure of Crazes 392\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.5.2 Craze Initiation and Growth 395\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.5.3 Crazing in the Presence of Fluids and Gases: Environmental Crazing 397\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.6 Controlled Fracture in Tough Polymers 400\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.6.1 The J-Integral 401\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.6.2 Essential Work of Fracture 404\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.6.3 Crack Opening Displacement 407\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.7 The Molecular Approach 413\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.8 Factors Influencing Brittle–Ductile Behaviour: Brittle–Ductile Transitions 414\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.8.1 The Ludwig–Davidenkov–Orowan Hypothesis 414\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.8.2 Notch Sensitivity and Vincent’s σ B –σ Y Diagram 416\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.8.3 A Theory of Brittle–Ductile Transitions Consistent with Fracture Mechanics: Fracture Transitions 419\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.9 The Impact Strength of Polymers 422\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.9.1 Flexed-Beam Impact 422\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.9.2 Falling-Weight Impact 426\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.9.3 Toughened Polymers: High-Impact Polyblends 427\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.9.4 Crazing and Stress Whitening 429\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.9.5 Dilatation Bands 429\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.10 The Tensile Strength and Tearing of Polymers in the Rubbery State 430\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.10.1 The Tearing of Rubbers: Extension of Griffith Theory 430\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.10.2 Molecular Theories of the Tensile Strength of Rubbers 431\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.11 Effect of Strain Rate and Temperature 432\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.12 Fatigue in Polymers 434\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 439\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther Reading 447\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Index 449\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48867074933079,"sku":"9781444319507","price":108.86,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781444319507.jpg?v=1722281551"}],"url":"https:\/\/bookcurl.com\/collections\/industrial-chemistry-and-chemical-engineering.oembed?page=67","provider":"Book Curl","version":"1.0","type":"link"}